SlideShare a Scribd company logo
This is information on a product in full production.
November 2016 DocID16455 Rev 9 1/96
STM32F100x4 STM32F100x6
STM32F100x8 STM32F100xB
Low & medium-density value line, advanced ARM®-based 32-bit MCU
with 16 to 128 KB Flash, 12 timers, ADC, DAC & 8 comm interfaces
Datasheet - production data
Features
• Core: ARM®
32-bit Cortex®
-M3 CPU
– 24 MHz maximum frequency,
1.25 DMIPS/MHz (Dhrystone 2.1)
performance
– Single-cycle multiplication and hardware
division
• Memories
– 16 to 128 Kbytes of Flash memory
– 4 to 8 Kbytes of SRAM
• Clock, reset and supply management
– 2.0 to 3.6 V application supply and I/Os
– POR, PDR and programmable voltage
detector (PVD)
– 4-to-24 MHz crystal oscillator
– Internal 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC
– Internal 40 kHz RC
– PLL for CPU clock
– 32 kHz oscillator for RTC with calibration
• Low power
– Sleep, Stop and Standby modes
– VBAT supply for RTC and backup registers
• Debug mode
– Serial wire debug (SWD) and JTAG
interfaces
• DMA
– 7-channel DMA controller
– Peripherals supported: timers, ADC, SPIs,
I2
Cs, USARTs and DACs
• 1 × 12-bit, 1.2 µs A/D converter (up to 16
channels)
– Conversion range: 0 to 3.6 V
– Temperature sensor
• 2 × 12-bit D/A converters
• Up to 80 fast I/O ports
– 37/51/80 I/Os, all mappable on 16 external
interrupt vectors and almost all 5 V-tolerant
• Up to 12 timers
– Up to three 16-bit timers, each with up to 4
IC/OC/PWM or pulse counter
– 16-bit, 6-channel advanced-control timer:
up to 6 channels for PWM output, dead
time generation and emergency stop
– One 16-bit timer, with 2 IC/OC, 1
OCN/PWM, dead-time generation and
emergency stop
– Two 16-bit timers, each with
IC/OC/OCN/PWM, dead-time generation
and emergency stop
– 2 watchdog timers (Independent and
Window)
– SysTick timer: 24-bit downcounter
– Two 16-bit basic timers to drive the DAC
• Up to 8 communications interfaces
– Up to two I2
C interfaces (SMBus/PMBus)
– Up to 3 USARTs (ISO 7816 interface, LIN,
IrDA capability, modem control)
– Up to 2 SPIs (12 Mbit/s)
– Consumer electronics control (CEC)
interface
• CRC calculation unit, 96-bit unique ID
• ECOPACK® packages
Table 1. Device summary
Reference Part number
STM32F100x4 STM32F100C4, STM32F100R4
STM32F100x6 STM32F100C6, STM32F100R6
STM32F100x8
STM32F100C8, STM32F100R8,
STM32F100V8
STM32F100xB
STM32F100CB, STM32F100RB,
STM32F100VB
LQFP100 14 × 14 mm
LQFP64 10 × 10 mm
LQFP48 7 × 7 mm
TFBGA64 5 × 5 mm
www.st.com
Contents STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
2/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1 Device overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.1 ARM® Cortex®-M3 core with embedded Flash and SRAM . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.2 Embedded Flash memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.3 CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.4 Embedded SRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.5 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.6 External interrupt/event controller (EXTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.7 Clocks and startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.8 Boot modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.9 Power supply schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.10 Power supply supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.11 Voltage regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.12 Low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.13 DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.14 RTC (real-time clock) and backup registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.15 Timers and watchdogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.16 I²C bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.17 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) . . 19
2.2.18 Serial peripheral interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.19 HDMI (high-definition multimedia interface) consumer
electronics control (CEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.20 GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.21 Remap capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.22 ADC (analog-to-digital converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.23 DAC (digital-to-analog converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2.24 Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2.25 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3 Pinouts and pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4 Memory mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
DocID16455 Rev 9 3/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Contents
4
5 Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1 Parameter conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.2 Typical values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.3 Typical curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.4 Loading capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.5 Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1.6 Power supply scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.1.7 Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.2 Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.3 Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.3.1 General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5.3.4 Embedded reference voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.3.5 Supply current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.3.6 External clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.3.7 Internal clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.3.8 PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.3.9 Memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.3.10 EMC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
5.3.11 Absolute maximum ratings (electrical sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.3.12 I/O current injection characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.3.13 I/O port characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.3.14 NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5.3.15 TIMx characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.3.16 Communications interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.3.17 12-bit ADC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.3.18 DAC electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.3.19 Temperature sensor characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6 Package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
6.1 LQFP100 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
6.2 LQFP64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
6.3 TFBGA64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.4 LQFP48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Contents STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
4/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
6.5 Thermal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.5.1 Reference document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.5.2 Selecting the product temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7 Ordering information scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
8 Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DocID16455 Rev 9 5/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB List of tables
6
List of tables
Table 1. Device summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Table 2. STM32F100xx features and peripheral counts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Table 3. Timer feature comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 5. Voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Table 6. Current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Table 7. Thermal characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Table 8. General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Table 9. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Table 10. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 11. Embedded internal reference voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Table 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from RAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 14. Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM. . . . . . . 39
Table 15. Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 16. Typical current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Table 17. Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM. . . . . . . . . 44
Table 18. Peripheral current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 19. High-speed external user clock characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Table 20. Low-speed external user clock characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 21. HSE 4-24 MHz oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Table 22. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Table 23. HSI oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Table 24. LSI oscillator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 25. Low-power mode wakeup timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 26. PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 27. Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Table 28. Flash memory endurance and data retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Table 29. EMS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Table 30. EMI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Table 31. ESD absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Table 32. Electrical sensitivities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 33. I/O current injection susceptibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 34. I/O static characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Table 35. Output voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 36. I/O AC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 37. NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 38. TIMx characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Table 39. I2
C characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Table 40. SCL frequency (fPCLK1= 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Table 41. SPI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Table 42. ADC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Table 43. RAIN max for fADC = 12 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 44. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 45. ADC accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
List of tables STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
6/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Table 46. DAC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Table 47. TS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 48. LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball
grid array package mechanical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 51. TFBGA64 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 53. Package thermal characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 54. Ordering information scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Table 55. Document revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DocID16455 Rev 9 7/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB List of figures
8
List of figures
Figure 1. STM32F100xx value line block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Figure 2. Clock tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Figure 3. STM32F100xx value line LQFP100 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Figure 4. STM32F100xx value line LQFP64 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Figure 5. STM32F100xx value line LQFP48 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Figure 6. STM32F100xx value line TFBGA64 ballout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Figure 7. Memory map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 8. Pin loading conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 9. Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 10. Power supply scheme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 11. Current consumption measurement scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Figure 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) -
code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Figure 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) -
code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Figure 14. Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on vs. temperature
at different VBAT values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Figure 15. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Run mode
versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 16. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator
in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 17. Typical current consumption in Standby mode
versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Figure 18. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 19. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 20. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Figure 21. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Figure 22. Standard I/O input characteristics - CMOS port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Figure 23. Standard I/O input characteristics - TTL port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Figure 24. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - CMOS port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Figure 25. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - TTL port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Figure 28. I2
C bus AC waveforms and measurement circuit(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 29. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 30. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 31. SPI timing diagram - master mode(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Figure 32. ADC accuracy characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Figure 33. Typical connection diagram using the ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Figure 34. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ not connected to VDDA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Figure 35. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ connected to VDDA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Figure 36. 12-bit buffered /non-buffered DAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Figure 37. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Figure 38. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat
recommended footprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Figure 39. LQFP100 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Figure 40. LQFP64 – 10 x 10 mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Figure 41. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . 81
List of figures STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
8/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 42. LQFP64 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Figure 43. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine pitch ball grid array
package outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Figure 44. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball
grid array, recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Figure 45. TFBGA64 marking example (package top view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Figure 46. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Figure 47. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
recommended footprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Figure 48. LQFP48 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Figure 49. LQFP100 PD max vs. TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
DocID16455 Rev 9 9/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Introduction
95
1 Introduction
This datasheet provides the ordering information and mechanical device characteristics of
the STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB microcontrollers.
In the rest of the document, the STM32F100x4 and STM32F100x6 are referred to as low-
density devices while the STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB are identified as medium-
density devices.
This STM32F100xx datasheet should be read in conjunction with the low- and medium-
density STM32F100xx reference manual.
For information on programming, erasing and protection of the internal Flash memory
please refer to the STM32F100xx Flash programming manual.
The reference and Flash programming manuals are both available from the
STMicroelectronics website www.st.com.
For information on the Cortex®
-M3 core please refer to the Cortex®
-M3 Technical Reference
Manual, available from the www.arm.com website at the following address:
http://infocenter.arm.com.
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
10/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
2 Description
The STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB microcontrollers
incorporate the high-performance ARM®
Cortex®
-M3 32-bit RISC core operating at a 24
MHz frequency, high-speed embedded memories (Flash memory up to 128 Kbytes and
SRAM up to 8 Kbytes), and an extensive range of enhanced peripherals and I/Os connected
to two APB buses. All devices offer standard communication interfaces (up to two I2
Cs, two
SPIs, one HDMI CEC, and up to three USARTs), one 12-bit ADC, two 12-bit DACs, up to six
general-purpose 16-bit timers and an advanced-control PWM timer.
The STM32F100xx low- and medium-density devices operate in the – 40 to + 85 °C and
– 40 to + 105 °C temperature ranges, from a 2.0 to 3.6 V power supply.
A comprehensive set of power-saving mode allows the design of low-power applications.
These microcontrollers include devices in three different packages ranging from 48 pins to
100 pins. Depending on the device chosen, different sets of peripherals are included.
These features make these microcontrollers suitable for a wide range of applications such
as application control and user interfaces, medical and hand-held equipment, PC and
gaming peripherals, GPS platforms, industrial applications, PLCs, inverters, printers,
scanners, alarm systems, video intercoms, and HVACs.
DocID16455 Rev 9 11/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
2.1 Device overview
The description below gives an overview of the complete range of peripherals proposed in
this family.
Figure 1 shows the general block diagram of the device family.
Table 2. STM32F100xx features and peripheral counts
Peripheral STM32F100Cx STM32F100Rx STM32F100Vx
Flash - Kbytes 16 32 64 128 16 32 64 128 64 128
SRAM - Kbytes 4 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 8 8
Timers
Advanced-control 1 1 1 1 1
General-purpose 5(1)
6 5(1)
6 6
Communication
interfaces
SPI 1(2)
2 1(2)
2 2
I2
C 1(3)
2 1(3)
2 2
USART 2(4)
3 2(4)
3 3
CEC 1
12-bit synchronized ADC
number of channels
1
10 channels
1
16 channels
1
16 channels
GPIOs 37 51 80
12-bit DAC
Number of channels
2
2
CPU frequency 24 MHz
Operating voltage 2.0 to 3.6 V
Operating temperatures
Ambient operating temperature: –40 to +85 °C /–40 to +105 °C (see Table 8)
Junction temperature: –40 to +125 °C (see Table 8)
Packages LQFP48 LQFP64, TFBGA64 LQFP100
1. TIM4 not present.
2. SPI2 is not present.
3. I2C2 is not present.
4. USART3 is not present.
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
12/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 1. STM32F100xx value line block diagram
1. Peripherals not present in low-density value line devices.
2. AF = alternate function on I/O port pin.
3. TA = –40 °C to +85 °C (junction temperature up to 105 °C) or TA = –40 °C to +105 °C (junction temperature up to 125 °C).
DocID16455 Rev 9 13/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
Figure 2. Clock tree
1. To have an ADC conversion time of 1.2 µs, APB2 must be at 24 MHz.
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
14/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
2.2 Overview
2.2.1 ARM®
Cortex®
-M3 core with embedded Flash and SRAM
The ARM® Cortex®-M3 processor is the latest generation of ARM processors for embedded
systems. It has been developed to provide a low-cost platform that meets the needs of MCU
implementation, with a reduced pin count and low-power consumption, while delivering
outstanding computational performance and an advanced system response to interrupts.
The ARM Cortex®-M3 32-bit RISC processor features exceptional code-efficiency,
delivering the high-performance expected from an ARM core in the memory size usually
associated with 8- and 16-bit devices.
The STM32F100xx value line family having an embedded ARM core, is therefore
compatible with all ARM tools and software.
2.2.2 Embedded Flash memory
Up to 128 Kbytes of embedded Flash memory is available for storing programs and data.
2.2.3 CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit
The CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit is used to get a CRC code from a 32-bit
data word and a fixed generator polynomial.
Among other applications, CRC-based techniques are used to verify data transmission or
storage integrity. In the scope of the EN/IEC 60335-1 standard, they offer a means of
verifying the Flash memory integrity. The CRC calculation unit helps compute a signature of
the software during runtime, to be compared with a reference signature generated at link-
time and stored at a given memory location.
2.2.4 Embedded SRAM
Up to 8 Kbytes of embedded SRAM accessed (read/write) at CPU clock speed with 0 wait
states.
2.2.5 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)
The STM32F100xx value line embeds a nested vectored interrupt controller able to handle
up to 41 maskable interrupt channels (not including the 16 interrupt lines of Cortex®
-M3)
and 16 priority levels.
• Closely coupled NVIC gives low latency interrupt processing
• Interrupt entry vector table address passed directly to the core
• Closely coupled NVIC core interface
• Allows early processing of interrupts
• Processing of late arriving higher priority interrupts
• Support for tail-chaining
• Processor state automatically saved
• Interrupt entry restored on interrupt exit with no instruction overhead
This hardware block provides flexible interrupt management features with minimal interrupt
latency.
DocID16455 Rev 9 15/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
2.2.6 External interrupt/event controller (EXTI)
The external interrupt/event controller consists of 18 edge detector lines used to generate
interrupt/event requests. Each line can be independently configured to select the trigger
event (rising edge, falling edge, both) and can be masked independently. A pending register
maintains the status of the interrupt requests. The EXTI can detect an external line with a
pulse width shorter than the Internal APB2 clock period. Up to 80 GPIOs can be connected
to the 16 external interrupt lines.
2.2.7 Clocks and startup
System clock selection is performed on startup, however the internal RC 8 MHz oscillator is
selected as default CPU clock on reset. An external 4-24 MHz clock can be selected, in
which case it is monitored for failure. If failure is detected, the system automatically switches
back to the internal RC oscillator. A software interrupt is generated if enabled. Similarly, full
interrupt management of the PLL clock entry is available when necessary (for example on
failure of an indirectly used external crystal, resonator or oscillator).
Several prescalers allow the configuration of the AHB frequency, the high-speed APB
(APB2) and the low-speed APB (APB1) domains. The maximum frequency of the AHB and
the APB domains is 24 MHz.
2.2.8 Boot modes
At startup, boot pins are used to select one of three boot options:
• Boot from user Flash
• Boot from system memory
• Boot from embedded SRAM
The boot loader is located in System Memory. It is used to reprogram the Flash memory by
using USART1. For further details please refer to AN2606.
2.2.9 Power supply schemes
• VDD = 2.0 to 3.6 V: External power supply for I/Os and the internal regulator.
Provided externally through VDD pins.
• VSSA, VDDA = 2.0 to 3.6 V: External analog power supplies for ADC, DAC, Reset
blocks, RCs and PLL (minimum voltage to be applied to VDDA is 2.4 V when the ADC or
DAC is used).
VDDA and VSSA must be connected to VDD and VSS, respectively.
• VBAT = 1.8 to 3.6 V: Power supply for RTC, external clock 32 kHz oscillator and backup
registers (through power switch) when VDD is not present.
2.2.10 Power supply supervisor
The device has an integrated power on reset (POR)/power down reset (PDR) circuitry. It is
always active, and ensures proper operation starting from/down to 2 V. The device remains
in reset mode when VDD is below a specified threshold, VPOR/PDR, without the need for an
external reset circuit.
The device features an embedded programmable voltage detector (PVD) that monitors the
VDD/VDDA power supply and compares it to the VPVD threshold. An interrupt can be
generated when VDD/VDDA drops below the VPVD threshold and/or when VDD/VDDA is
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
16/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
higher than the VPVD threshold. The interrupt service routine can then generate a warning
message and/or put the MCU into a safe state. The PVD is enabled by software.
2.2.11 Voltage regulator
The regulator has three operation modes: main (MR), low power (LPR) and power down.
• MR is used in the nominal regulation mode (Run)
• LPR is used in the Stop mode
• Power down is used in Standby mode: the regulator output is in high impedance: the
kernel circuitry is powered down, inducing zero consumption (but the contents of the
registers and SRAM are lost)
This regulator is always enabled after reset. It is disabled in Standby mode, providing high
impedance output.
2.2.12 Low-power modes
The STM32F100xx value line supports three low-power modes to achieve the best
compromise between low power consumption, short startup time and available wakeup
sources:
• Sleep mode
In Sleep mode, only the CPU is stopped. All peripherals continue to operate and can
wake up the CPU when an interrupt/event occurs.
• Stop mode
Stop mode achieves the lowest power consumption while retaining the content of
SRAM and registers. All clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI RC
and the HSE crystal oscillators are disabled. The voltage regulator can also be put
either in normal or in low power mode.
The device can be woken up from Stop mode by any of the EXTI line. The EXTI line
source can be one of the 16 external lines, the PVD output or the RTC alarm.
• Standby mode
The Standby mode is used to achieve the lowest power consumption. The internal
voltage regulator is switched off so that the entire 1.8 V domain is powered off. The
PLL, the HSI RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are also switched off. After entering
Standby mode, SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup
domain and Standby circuitry.
The device exits Standby mode when an external reset (NRST pin), a IWDG reset, a
rising edge on the WKUP pin, or an RTC alarm occurs.
Note: The RTC, the IWDG, and the corresponding clock sources are not stopped by entering Stop
or Standby mode.
2.2.13 DMA
The flexible 7-channel general-purpose DMA is able to manage memory-to-memory,
peripheral-to-memory and memory-to-peripheral transfers. The DMA controller supports
circular buffer management avoiding the generation of interrupts when the controller
reaches the end of the buffer.
DocID16455 Rev 9 17/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
Each channel is connected to dedicated hardware DMA requests, with support for software
trigger on each channel. Configuration is made by software and transfer sizes between
source and destination are independent.
The DMA can be used with the main peripherals: SPI, DAC, I2
C, USART, all timers and
ADC.
2.2.14 RTC (real-time clock) and backup registers
The RTC and the backup registers are supplied through a switch that takes power either on
VDD supply when present or through the VBAT pin. The backup registers are ten 16-bit
registers used to store 20 bytes of user application data when VDD power is not present.
The real-time clock provides a set of continuously running counters which can be used with
suitable software to provide a clock calendar function, and provides an alarm interrupt and a
periodic interrupt. It is clocked by a 32.768 kHz external crystal, resonator or oscillator, the
internal low power RC oscillator or the high-speed external clock divided by 128. The
internal low power RC has a typical frequency of 40 kHz. The RTC can be calibrated using
an external 512 Hz output to compensate for any natural crystal deviation. The RTC
features a 32-bit programmable counter for long term measurement using the Compare
register to generate an alarm. A 20-bit prescaler is used for the time base clock and is by
default configured to generate a time base of 1 second from a clock at 32.768 kHz.
2.2.15 Timers and watchdogs
The STM32F100xx devices include an advanced-control timer, six general-purpose timers,
two basic timers and two watchdog timers.
Table 3 compares the features of the advanced-control, general-purpose and basic timers.
Table 3. Timer feature comparison
Timer
Counter
resolution
Counter
type
Prescaler
factor
DMA request
generation
Capture/compare
channels
Complementary
outputs
TIM1 16-bit
Up,
down,
up/down
Any integer
between 1
and 65536
Yes 4 Yes
TIM2,
TIM3,
TIM4
16-bit
Up,
down,
up/down
Any integer
between 1
and 65536
Yes 4 No
TIM15 16-bit Up
Any integer
between 1
and 65536
Yes 2 Yes
TIM16,
TIM17
16-bit Up
Any integer
between 1
and 65536
Yes 1 Yes
TIM6,
TIM7
16-bit Up
Any integer
between 1
and 65536
Yes 0 No
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
18/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Advanced-control timer (TIM1)
The advanced-control timer (TIM1) can be seen as a three-phase PWM multiplexed on 6
channels. It has complementary PWM outputs with programmable inserted dead times. It
can also be seen as a complete general-purpose timer. The 4 independent channels can be
used for:
• Input capture
• Output compare
• PWM generation (edge or center-aligned modes)
• One-pulse mode output
If configured as a standard 16-bit timer, it has the same features as the TIMx timer. If
configured as the 16-bit PWM generator, it has full modulation capability (0-100%).
The counter can be frozen in debug mode.
Many features are shared with those of the standard TIM timers which have the same
architecture. The advanced control timer can therefore work together with the TIM timers via
the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16 & TIM17)
There are six synchronizable general-purpose timers embedded in the STM32F100xx
devices (see Table 3 for differences). Each general-purpose timers can be used to generate
PWM outputs, or as simple time base.
TIM2, TIM3, TIM4
STM32F100xx devices feature three synchronizable 4-channels general-purpose timers.
These timers are based on a 16-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and a 16-bit prescaler.
They feature 4 independent channels each for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-
pulse mode output. This gives up to 12 input captures/output compares/PWMs on the
largest packages.
The TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 general-purpose timers can work together or with the TIM1
advanced-control timer via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 all have independent DMA request generation.
These timers are capable of handling quadrature (incremental) encoder signals and the
digital outputs from 1 to 3 hall-effect sensors.
Their counters can be frozen in debug mode.
TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17
These timers are based on a 16-bit auto-reload upcounter and a 16-bit prescaler.
TIM15 has two independent channels, whereas TIM16 and TIM17 feature one single
channel for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode output.
The TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 timers can work together, and TIM15 can also operate with
TIM1 via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
TIM15 can be synchronized with TIM16 and TIM17.
TIM15, TIM16, and TIM17 have a complementary output with dead-time generation and
independent DMA request generation
DocID16455 Rev 9 19/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
Their counters can be frozen in debug mode.
Basic timers TIM6 and TIM7
These timers are mainly used for DAC trigger generation. They can also be used as a
generic 16-bit time base.
Independent watchdog
The independent watchdog is based on a 12-bit downcounter and 8-bit prescaler. It is
clocked from an independent 40 kHz internal RC and as it operates independently from the
main clock, it can operate in Stop and Standby modes. It can be used as a watchdog to
reset the device when a problem occurs, or as a free running timer for application timeout
management. It is hardware or software configurable through the option bytes. The counter
can be frozen in debug mode.
Window watchdog
The window watchdog is based on a 7-bit downcounter that can be set as free running. It
can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs. It is clocked from
the main clock. It has an early warning interrupt capability and the counter can be frozen in
debug mode.
SysTick timer
This timer is dedicated for OS, but could also be used as a standard down counter. It
features:
• A 24-bit down counter
• Autoreload capability
• Maskable system interrupt generation when the counter reaches 0.
• Programmable clock source
2.2.16 I²
C bus
The I²C bus interface can operate in multimaster and slave modes. It can support standard
and fast modes.
It supports dual slave addressing (7-bit only) and both 7/10-bit addressing in master mode.
A hardware CRC generation/verification is embedded.
The interface can be served by DMA and it supports SM Bus 2.0/PM Bus.
2.2.17 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART)
The STM32F100xx value line embeds three universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver
transmitters (USART1, USART2 and USART3).
The available USART interfaces communicate at up to 3 Mbit/s. They provide hardware
management of the CTS and RTS signals, they support IrDA SIR ENDEC, the
multiprocessor communication mode, the single-wire half-duplex communication mode and
have LIN Master/Slave capability.
The USART interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
20/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
2.2.18 Serial peripheral interface (SPI)
Up to two SPIs are able to communicate up to 12 Mbit/s in slave and master modes in full-
duplex and simplex communication modes. The 3-bit prescaler gives 8 master mode
frequencies and the frame is configurable to 8 bits or 16 bits.
Both SPIs can be served by the DMA controller.
2.2.19 HDMI (high-definition multimedia interface) consumer
electronics control (CEC)
The STM32F100xx value line embeds a HDMI-CEC controller that provides hardware
support of consumer electronics control (CEC) (Appendix supplement 1 to the HDMI
standard).
This protocol provides high-level control functions between all audiovisual products in an
environment. It is specified to operate at low speeds with minimum processing and memory
overhead.
2.2.20 GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs)
Each of the GPIO pins can be configured by software as output (push-pull or open-drain), as
input (with or without pull-up or pull-down) or as peripheral alternate function. Most of the
GPIO pins are shared with digital or analog alternate functions. All GPIOs are high current
capable.
The I/Os alternate function configuration can be locked if needed following a specific
sequence in order to avoid spurious writing to the I/Os registers.
2.2.21 Remap capability
This feature allows the use of a maximum number of peripherals in a given application.
Indeed, alternate functions are available not only on the default pins but also on other
specific pins onto which they are remappable. This has the advantage of making board
design and port usage much more flexible.
For details refer to Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions; it shows
the list of remappable alternate functions and the pins onto which they can be remapped.
See the STM32F10xxx reference manual for software considerations.
2.2.22 ADC (analog-to-digital converter)
The 12-bit analog to digital converter has up to 16 external channels and performs
conversions in single-shot or scan modes. In scan mode, automatic conversion is performed
on a selected group of analog inputs.
The ADC can be served by the DMA controller.
An analog watchdog feature allows very precise monitoring of the converted voltage of one,
some or all selected channels. An interrupt is generated when the converted voltage is
outside the programmed thresholds.
DocID16455 Rev 9 21/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description
95
2.2.23 DAC (digital-to-analog converter)
The two 12-bit buffered DAC channels can be used to convert two digital signals into two
analog voltage signal outputs. The chosen design structure is composed of integrated
resistor strings and an amplifier in noninverting configuration.
This dual digital Interface supports the following features:
• two DAC converters: one for each output channel
• up to 10-bit output
• left or right data alignment in 12-bit mode
• synchronized update capability
• noise-wave generation
• triangular-wave generation
• dual DAC channels’ independent or simultaneous conversions
• DMA capability for each channel
• external triggers for conversion
• input voltage reference VREF+
Eight DAC trigger inputs are used in the STM32F100xx. The DAC channels are triggered
through the timer update outputs that are also connected to different DMA channels.
2.2.24 Temperature sensor
The temperature sensor has to generate a voltage that varies linearly with temperature. The
conversion range is between 2 V < VDDA < 3.6 V. The temperature sensor is internally
connected to the ADC1_IN16 input channel which is used to convert the sensor output
voltage into a digital value.
2.2.25 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP)
The ARM SWJ-DP Interface is embedded, and is a combined JTAG and serial wire debug
port that enables either a serial wire debug or a JTAG probe to be connected to the target.
The JTAG TMS and TCK pins are shared respectively with SWDIO and SWCLK and a
specific sequence on the TMS pin is used to switch between JTAG-DP and SW-DP.
Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
22/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
3 Pinouts and pin description
Figure 3. STM32F100xx value line LQFP100 pinout
DocID16455 Rev 9 23/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description
95
Figure 4. STM32F100xx value line LQFP64 pinout
Figure 5. STM32F100xx value line LQFP48 pinout
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
2423
12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
48 47 46 45
LQFP48
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB10
PB11
VSS_1
VDD_1
VDD_2
VSS_2
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
VBAT
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PD0-OSC_IN
PD1-OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA
VDDA
PA0-WKUP
PA1
PA2
VDD_3
VSS_3
PB9
PB8
BOOT0
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PA15
PA14
ai14378d
PC13-TAMPER-RTC
Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
24/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 6. STM32F100xx value line TFBGA64 ballout
AI15494
PB2
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PA7PA4
PA2
PA15
PB11
PB1PA6PA3
H
PB10
PC5PC4
D PA8
PA9
BOOT0PB8
C
PC9
PA11
PB6
PC12
VDDA
PB9
B PA12PC10
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PB3
PD2
A
87654321
VSS_4OSC_IN
OSC_OUT VDD_4
G
F
E
PC2
VREF+
PC13-
TAMPER-RTC
PB4 PA13PA14
PB7 PB5
VSS_3
PC7 PC8PC0NRST PC1
PB0PA5 PB14
VDD_2VDD_3
PB13
VBAT PC11
PA10
VSS_2 VSS_1
PC6VSSA
PA1
VDD_1
PB15
PB12
PA0-WKUP
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions
Pins
Pin name
Type(1)
I/Olevel(2)
Main
function(3)
(after reset)
Alternate functions(3)(4)
LQFP100
LQFP64
TFBGA64
LQFP48
Default Remap
1 - - - PE2 I/O FT PE2 TRACECLK -
2 - - - PE3 I/O FT PE3 TRACED0 -
3 - - - PE4 I/O FT PE4 TRACED1 -
4 - - - PE5 I/O FT PE5 TRACED2 -
5 - - - PE6 I/O FT PE6 TRACED3 -
6 1 B2 1 VBAT S - VBAT - -
7 2 A2 2 PC13-TAMPER-RTC(5)
I/O - PC13(6)
TAMPER-RTC -
8 3 A1 3 PC14-OSC32_IN(5)
I/O - PC14(6)
OSC32_IN -
DocID16455 Rev 9 25/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description
95
9 4 B1 4 PC15-OSC32_OUT(5)
I/O - PC15(6)
OSC32_OUT -
10 - - - VSS_5 S - VSS_5 - -
11 - - - VDD_5 S - VDD_5 - -
12 5 C1 5 OSC_IN I - OSC_IN - PD0(7)
13 6 D1 6 OSC_OUT O - OSC_OUT - PD1(7)
14 7 E1 7 NRST I/O - NRST - -
15 8 E3 - PC0 I/O - PC0 ADC1_IN10 -
16 9 E2 - PC1 I/O - PC1 ADC1_IN11 -
17 10 F2 - PC2 I/O - PC2 ADC1_IN12 -
18 11 -(8) - PC3 I/O - PC3 ADC1_IN13 -
19 12 F1 8 VSSA S - VSSA - -
20 - - - VREF- S - VREF- - -
21 - G1 - VREF+ S - VREF+ - -
22 13 H1 9 VDDA S - VDDA - -
23 14 G2 10 PA0-WKUP I/O - PA0
WKUP / USART2_CTS(12)/
ADC1_IN0 /
TIM2_CH1_ETR(12)
-
24 15 H2 11 PA1 I/O - PA1
USART2_RTS(12)/
ADC1_IN1 / TIM2_CH2(12) -
25 16 F3 12 PA2 I/O - PA2
USART2_TX(12)/
ADC1_IN2 / TIM2_CH3(12)/
TIM15_CH1(12)
-
26 17 G3 13 PA3 I/O - PA3
USART2_RX(12)/
ADC1_IN3 / TIM2_CH4(12)
/ TIM15_CH2(12)
-
27 18 C2 - VSS_4 S - VSS_4 - -
28 19 D2 - VDD_4 S - VDD_4 - -
29 20 H3 14 PA4 I/O - PA4
SPI1_NSS(12)/ADC1_IN4
USART2_CK(12) /
DAC1_OUT
-
30 21 F4 15 PA5 I/O - PA5
SPI1_SCK(12)/ADC1_IN5 /
DAC2_OUT
-
31 22 G4 16 PA6 I/O - PA6
SPI1_MISO(12)/ADC1_IN6/
TIM3_CH1(12)
TIM1_BKIN /
TIM16_CH1
32 23 H4 17 PA7 I/O - PA7
SPI1_MOSI(12)/ADC1_IN7/
TIM3_CH2(12)
TIM1_CH1N
/ TIM17_CH1
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued)
Pins
Pin name
Type(1)
I/Olevel(2)
Main
function(3)
(after reset)
Alternate functions(3)(4)
LQFP100
LQFP64
TFBGA64
LQFP48
Default Remap
Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
26/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
33 24 H5 - PC4 I/O - PC4 ADC1_IN14 -
34 25 H6 - PC5 I/O - PC5 ADC1_IN15 -
35 26 F5 18 PB0 I/O - PB0 ADC1_IN8/TIM3_CH3(12) TIM1_CH2N
36 27 G5 19 PB1 I/O - PB1 ADC1_IN9/TIM3_CH4(12)
TIM1_CH3N
37 28 G6 20 PB2 I/O FT PB2/BOOT1 - -
38 - - - PE7 I/O FT PE7 - TIM1_ETR
39 - - - PE8 I/O FT PE8 - TIM1_CH1N
40 - - - PE9 I/O FT PE9 - TIM1_CH1
41 - - - PE10 I/O FT PE10 - TIM1_CH2N
42 - - - PE11 I/O FT PE11 - TIM1_CH2
43 - - - PE12 I/O FT PE12 - TIM1_CH3N
44 - - - PE13 I/O FT PE13 - TIM1_CH3
45 - - - PE14 I/O FT PE14 - TIM1_CH4
46 - - - PE15 I/O FT PE15 - TIM1_BKIN
47 29 G7 21 PB10 I/O FT PB10
I2C2_SCL(9)/USART3_TX
(12)
TIM2_CH3 /
HDMI_CEC
48 30 H7 22 PB11 I/O FT PB11
I2C2_SDA(9)/USART3_RX(
12) TIM2_CH4
49 31 D6 23 VSS_1 S - VSS_1 - -
50 32 E6 24 VDD_1 S - VDD_1 - -
51 33 H8 25 PB12 I/O FT PB12
SPI2_NSS(10)/
I2C2_SMBA(9)
/
TIM1_BKIN(12)/USART3_C
K(12)
-
52 34 G8 26 PB13 I/O FT PB13
SPI2_SCK(10)
/TIM1_CH1N(12)
USART3_CTS(12)
-
53 35 F8 27 PB14 I/O FT PB14
SPI2_MISO(10)/
TIM1_CH2N(12) /
USART3_RTS(12)
TIM15_CH1
54 36 F7 28 PB15 I/O FT PB15
SPI2_MOSI(10) /
TIM1_CH3N /
TIM15_CH1N(12)
TIM15_CH2
55 - - - PD8 I/O FT PD8 - USART3_TX
56 - - - PD9 I/O FT PD9 - USART3_RX
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued)
Pins
Pin name
Type(1)
I/Olevel(2)
Main
function(3)
(after reset)
Alternate functions(3)(4)
LQFP100
LQFP64
TFBGA64
LQFP48
Default Remap
DocID16455 Rev 9 27/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description
95
57 - - - PD10 I/O FT PD10 - USART3_CK
58 - - - PD11 I/O FT PD11 -
USART3_CT
S
59 - - - PD12 I/O FT PD12 -
TIM4_CH1
(11)
/
USART3_RT
S
60 - - - PD13 I/O FT PD13 -
TIM4_CH2(11
)
61 - - - PD14 I/O FT PD14 -
TIM4_CH3(11
)
62 - - - PD15 I/O FT PD15 -
TIM4_CH4(11
)
63 37 F6 - PC6 I/O FT PC6 - TIM3_CH1
64 38 E7 - PC7 I/O FT PC7 - TIM3_CH2
65 39 E8 - PC8 I/O FT PC8 - TIM3_CH3
66 40 D8 - PC9 I/O FT PC9 - TIM3_CH4
67 41 D7 29 PA8 I/O FT PA8
USART1_CK / MCO /
TIM1_CH1
-
68 42 C7 30 PA9 I/O FT PA9
USART1_TX(12) /
TIM1_CH2 / TIM15_BKIN
-
69 43 C6 31 PA10 I/O FT PA10
USART1_RX(12) /
TIM1_CH3 / TIM17_BKIN
-
70 44 C8 32 PA11 I/O FT PA11 USART1_CTS / TIM1_CH4 -
71 45 B8 33 PA12 I/O FT PA12 USART1_RTS / TIM1_ETR -
72 46 A8 34 PA13 I/O FT
JTMS-
SWDIO
- PA13
73 - - - Not connected -
74 47 D5 35 VSS_2 S - VSS_2 - -
75 48 E5 36 VDD_2 S - VDD_2 - -
76 49 A7 37 PA14 I/O FT
JTCK/SWCL
K
- PA14
77 50 A6 38 PA15 I/O FT JTDI -
TIM2_CH1_
ETR/ PA15/
SPI1_NSS
78 51 B7 - PC10 I/O FT PC10 - USART3_TX
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued)
Pins
Pin name
Type(1)
I/Olevel(2)
Main
function(3)
(after reset)
Alternate functions(3)(4)
LQFP100
LQFP64
TFBGA64
LQFP48
Default Remap
Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
28/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
79 52 B6 - PC11 I/O FT PC11 - USART3_RX
80 53 C5 - PC12 I/O FT PC12 - USART3_CK
81 - C1 - PD0 I/O FT PD0 - -
82 - D1 - PD1 I/O FT PD1 - -
83 54 B5 - PD2 I/O FT PD2 TIM3_ETR -
84 - - - PD3 I/O FT PD3 -
USART2_CT
S
85 - - - PD4 I/O FT PD4 -
USART2_RT
S
86 - - - PD5 I/O FT PD5 - USART2_TX
87 - - - PD6 I/O FT PD6 - USART2_RX
88 - - - PD7 I/O FT PD7 - USART2_CK
89 55 A5 39 PB3 I/O FT JTDO
TIM2_CH2 /
PB3
TRACESWO
SPI1_SCK
90 56 A4 40 PB4 I/O FT NJTRST -
PB4 /
TIM3_CH1
SPI1_MISO
91 57 C4 41 PB5 I/O - PB5 I2C1_SMBA / TIM16_BKIN
TIM3_CH2 /
SPI1_MOSI
92 58 D3 42 PB6 I/O FT PB6
I2C1_SCL(12)/
TIM4_CH1(11)(12)
TIM16_CH1N
USART1_TX
93 59 C3 43 PB7 I/O FT PB7
I2C1_SDA(12)
/
TIM17_CH1N
TIM4_CH2(11)(12)
USART1_RX
94 60 B4 44 BOOT0 I - BOOT0 - -
95 61 B3 45 PB8 I/O FT PB8
TIM4_CH3(11)(12) /
TIM16_CH1(12) / CEC(12) I2C1_SCL
96 62 A3 46 PB9 I/O FT PB9
TIM4_CH4(11)(12) /
TIM17_CH1(12) I2C1_SDA
97 - - - PE0 I/O FT PE0 TIM4_ETR(11) -
98 - - - PE1 I/O FT PE1 - -
99 63 D4 47 VSS_3 S - VSS_3 - -
10
0
64 E4 48 VDD_3 S - VDD_3 - -
Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued)
Pins
Pin name
Type(1)
I/Olevel(2)
Main
function(3)
(after reset)
Alternate functions(3)(4)
LQFP100
LQFP64
TFBGA64
LQFP48
Default Remap
DocID16455 Rev 9 29/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description
95
1. I = input, O = output, S = supply, HiZ= high impedance.
2. FT= 5 V tolerant.
3. Function availability depends on the chosen device. For devices having reduced peripheral counts, it is always the lower
number of peripherals that is included. For example, if a device has only one SPI, two USARTs and two timers, they will be
called SPI1, USART1 & USART2 and TIM2 & TIM 3, respectively. Refer to Table 2 on page 11.
4. If several peripherals share the same I/O pin, to avoid conflict between these alternate functions only one peripheral should
be enabled at a time through the peripheral clock enable bit (in the corresponding RCC peripheral clock enable register).
5. PC13, PC14 and PC15 are supplied through the power switch and since the switch only sinks a limited amount of current
(3 mA), the use of GPIOs PC13 to PC15 in output mode is restricted: the speed should not exceed 2 MHz with a maximum
load of 30 pF and these IOs must not be used as a current source (e.g. to drive an LED).
6. Main function after the first backup domain power-up. Later on, it depends on the contents of the Backup registers even
after reset (because these registers are not reset by the main reset). For details on how to manage these IOs, refer to the
Battery backup domain and BKP register description sections in the STM32F10xxx reference manual, available from the
STMicroelectronics website: www.st.com.
7. The pins number 2 and 3 in the VFQFPN36 package, 5 and 6 in the LQFP48 and LQFP64 packages and C1 and C2 in the
TFBGA64 package are configured as OSC_IN/OSC_OUT after reset, however the functionality of PD0 and PD1 can be
remapped by software on these pins. For more details, refer to the Alternate function I/O and debug configuration section in
the STM32F10xxx reference manual.
8. Unlike in the LQFP64 package, there is no PC3 in the TFBGA64 package. The VREF+ functionality is provided instead.
9. I2C2 is not present on low-density value line devices.
10. SPI2 is not present on low-density value line devices.
11. TIM4 is not present on low-density value line devices.
12. This alternate function can be remapped by software to some other port pins (if available on the used package). For more
details, refer to the Alternate function I/O and debug configuration section in the STM32F10xxx reference manual, available
from the STMicroelectronics website: www.st.com.
Memory mapping STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
30/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
4 Memory mapping
The memory map is shown in Figure 7.
Figure 7. Memory map
DocID16455 Rev 9 31/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5 Electrical characteristics
5.1 Parameter conditions
Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are referenced to VSS.
5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values
Unless otherwise specified the minimum and maximum values are guaranteed in the worst
conditions of ambient temperature, supply voltage and frequencies by tests in production on
100% of the devices with an ambient temperature at TA = 25 °C and TA = TAmax (given by
the selected temperature range).
Data based on characterization results, design simulation and/or technology characteristics
are indicated in the table footnotes and are not tested in production. Based on
characterization, the minimum and maximum values refer to sample tests and represent the
mean value plus or minus three times the standard deviation (mean±3Σ).
5.1.2 Typical values
Unless otherwise specified, typical data are based on TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V (for the
2 V ≤VDD ≤3.6 V voltage range). They are given only as design guidelines and are not
tested.
Typical ADC accuracy values are determined by characterization of a batch of samples from
a standard diffusion lot over the full temperature range, where 95% of the devices have an
error less than or equal to the value indicated (mean±2Σ).
5.1.3 Typical curves
Unless otherwise specified, all typical curves are given only as design guidelines and are
not tested.
5.1.4 Loading capacitor
The loading conditions used for pin parameter measurement are shown in Figure 8.
5.1.5 Pin input voltage
The input voltage measurement on a pin of the device is described in Figure 9.
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
32/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.1.6 Power supply scheme
Figure 10. Power supply scheme
Caution: In Figure 10, the 4.7 µF capacitor must be connected to VDD3.
Figure 8. Pin loading conditions Figure 9. Pin input voltage
ai14123b
C = 50 pF
STM32F10xxx pin
ai14124b
STM32F10xxx pin
VIN
DocID16455 Rev 9 33/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.1.7 Current consumption measurement
Figure 11. Current consumption measurement scheme
5.2 Absolute maximum ratings
Stresses above the absolute maximum ratings listed in Table 5: Voltage characteristics,
Table 6: Current characteristics, and Table 7: Thermal characteristics may cause permanent
damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device
at these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended
periods may affect device reliability.
ai14126
VBAT
VDD
VDDA
IDD_VBAT
IDD
Table 5. Voltage characteristics
Symbol Ratings Min Max Unit
VDD −VSS
External main supply voltage (including
VDDA and VDD)(1)
1. All main power (VDD, VDDA) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external power
supply, in the permitted range.
–0.3 4.0
V
VIN
(2)
2. VIN maximum must always be respected. Refer to Table 6: Current characteristics for the maximum
allowed injected current values.
Input voltage on five volt tolerant pin VSS −0.3 VDD +4.0
Input voltage on any other pin VSS −0.3 4.0
|ΔVDDx| Variations between different VDD power pins - 50
mV
|VSSX −VSS|
Variations between all the different ground
pins
- 50
VESD(HBM)
Electrostatic discharge voltage (human body
model)
see Section 5.3.11: Absolute
maximum ratings (electrical
sensitivity)
-
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
34/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3 Operating conditions
5.3.1 General operating conditions
Table 6. Current characteristics
Symbol Ratings Max. Unit
IVDD Total current into VDD/VDDA power lines (source)(1)
1. All main power (VDD, VDDA) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external power
supply, in the permitted range.
150
mA
IVSS Total current out of VSS ground lines (sink)(1)
150
IIO
Output current sunk by any I/O and control pin 25
Output current source by any I/Os and control pin −25
IINJ(PIN)
(2)
2. Negative injection disturbs the analog performance of the device. SeeNote: on page 70.
Injected current on five volt tolerant pins(3)
3. Positive injection is not possible on these I/Os. A negative injection is induced by VIN<VSS. IINJ(PIN) must
never be exceeded. Refer to Table 5: Voltage characteristics for the maximum allowed input voltage
values.
-5 / +0
Injected current on any other pin(4)
4. A positive injection is induced by VIN>VDD while a negative injection is induced by VIN<VSS. IINJ(PIN) must
never be exceeded. Refer to Table 5: Voltage characteristics for the maximum allowed input voltage
values.
± 5
ΣIINJ(PIN) Total injected current (sum of all I/O and control pins)(5)
5. When several inputs are submitted to a current injection, the maximum ΣIINJ(PIN) is the absolute sum of the
positive and negative injected currents (instantaneous values).
± 25
Table 7. Thermal characteristics
Symbol Ratings Value Unit
TSTG Storage temperature range –65 to +150 °C
TJ Maximum junction temperature 150 °C
Table 8. General operating conditions
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
fHCLK Internal AHB clock frequency - 0 24
MHzfPCLK1 Internal APB1 clock frequency - 0 24
fPCLK2 Internal APB2 clock frequency - 0 24
VDD Standard operating voltage - 2 3.6 V
VDDA
(1)
Analog operating voltage
(ADC not used) Must be the same potential
as VDD
2 3.6
V
Analog operating voltage
(ADC used)
2.4 3.6
VBAT Backup operating voltage - 1.8 3.6 V
DocID16455 Rev 9 35/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Note: It is recommended to power VDD and VDDA from the same source. A maximum difference of
300 mV between VDD and VDDA can be tolerated during power-up and operation.
5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down
Subject to general operating conditions for TA.
5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
The parameters given in Table 10 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
PD
Power dissipation at TA =
85 °C for suffix 6 or TA =
105 °C for suffix 7(2)
LQFP100 - 434
mW
LQFP64 - 444
TFBGA64 - 308
LQFP48 - 363
TA
Ambient temperature for 6
suffix version
Maximum power dissipation –40 85
°C
Low power dissipation(3)
–40 105
Ambient temperature for 7
suffix version
Maximum power dissipation –40 105
°C
Low power dissipation(3)
–40 125
TJ Junction temperature range
6 suffix version –40 105
°C
7 suffix version –40 125
1. When the ADC is used, refer to Table 42: ADC characteristics.
2. If TA is lower, higher PD values are allowed as long as TJ does not exceed TJmax (see Table 6.5: Thermal
characteristics on page 89).
3. In low power dissipation state, TA can be extended to this range as long as TJ does not exceed TJmax (see
Table 6.5: Thermal characteristics on page 89).
Table 8. General operating conditions (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
Table 9. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit
tVDD
VDD rise time rate 0 ∞
µs/V
VDD fall time rate 20 ∞
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
36/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
.
Table 10. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
VPVD
Programmable voltage
detector level selection
PLS[2:0]=000 (rising edge) 2.1 2.18 2.26 V
PLS[2:0]=000 (falling edge) 2 2.08 2.16 V
PLS[2:0]=001 (rising edge) 2.19 2.28 2.37 V
PLS[2:0]=001 (falling edge) 2.09 2.18 2.27 V
PLS[2:0]=010 (rising edge) 2.28 2.38 2.48 V
PLS[2:0]=010 (falling edge) 2.18 2.28 2.38 V
PLS[2:0]=011 (rising edge) 2.38 2.48 2.58 V
PLS[2:0]=011 (falling edge) 2.28 2.38 2.48 V
PLS[2:0]=100 (rising edge) 2.47 2.58 2.69 V
PLS[2:0]=100 (falling edge) 2.37 2.48 2.59 V
PLS[2:0]=101 (rising edge) 2.57 2.68 2.79 V
PLS[2:0]=101 (falling edge) 2.47 2.58 2.69 V
PLS[2:0]=110 (rising edge) 2.66 2.78 2.9 V
PLS[2:0]=110 (falling edge) 2.56 2.68 2.8 V
PLS[2:0]=111 (rising edge) 2.76 2.88 3 V
PLS[2:0]=111 (falling edge) 2.66 2.78 2.9 V
VPVDhyst
(2)
PVD hysteresis - - 100 - mV
VPOR/PDR
Power on/power down
reset threshold
Falling edge 1.8(1)
1. The product behavior is guaranteed by design down to the minimum VPOR/PDR value.
1.88 1.96 V
Rising edge 1.84 1.92 2.0 V
VPDRhyst
(2)
PDR hysteresis - - 40 - mV
tRSTTEMPO
(2)
2. Guaranteed by design.
Reset temporization - 1.5 2.5 4.5 ms
DocID16455 Rev 9 37/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.3.4 Embedded reference voltage
The parameters given in Table 11 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
5.3.5 Supply current characteristics
The current consumption is a function of several parameters and factors such as the
operating voltage, ambient temperature, I/O pin loading, device software configuration,
operating frequencies, I/O pin switching rate, program location in memory and executed
binary code.
The current consumption is measured as described in Figure 11: Current consumption
measurement scheme.
All Run-mode current consumption measurements given in this section are performed with a
reduced code that gives a consumption equivalent to Dhrystone 2.1 code.
Maximum current consumption
The MCU is placed under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load)
• All peripherals are disabled except if it is explicitly mentioned
• Prefetch in on (reminder: this bit must be set before clock setting and bus prescaling)
• When the peripherals are enabled fPCLK1 = fHCLK/2, fPCLK2 = fHCLK
The parameters given in Table 12 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
Table 11. Embedded internal reference voltage
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
VREFINT Internal reference voltage
–40 °C < TA < +105 °C 1.16 1.20 1.26 V
–40 °C < TA < +85 °C 1.16 1.20 1.24 V
TS_vrefint
(1)
1. Shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations.
ADC sampling time when
reading the internal
reference voltage
- - 5.1 17.1(2)
2. Guaranteed by design.
µs
VRERINT
(2)
Internal reference voltage
spread over the temperature
range
VDD = 3 V ±10 mV - - 10 mV
TCoeff
(2)
Temperature coefficient - - - 100 ppm/°C
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
38/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Table 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from Flash
Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK
Max(1)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Unit
TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C
IDD
Supply
current in
Run mode
External clock (2)
, all
peripherals enabled
2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz.
24 MHz 15.4 15.7
mA
16 MHz 11 11.5
8 MHz 6.7 6.9
External clock(2)
, all
peripherals disabled
24 MHz 10.3 10.5
16 MHz 7.8 8.1
8 MHz 5.1 5.3
Table 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from RAM
Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK
Max(1)
1. Guaranteed by characterization, tested in production at VDD max, fHCLK max.
Unit
TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C
IDD
Supply current
in Run mode
External clock (2), all
peripherals enabled
2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz.
24 MHz 14.5 15
mA
16 MHz 10 10.5
8 MHz 6 6.3
External clock(2) all
peripherals disabled
24MHz 9.3 9.7
16 MHz 6.8 7.2
8 MHz 4.4 4.7
DocID16455 Rev 9 39/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) -
code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals enabled
Figure 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) -
code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals disabled
Table 14. Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or
RAM
Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK
Max(1)
1. Guaranteed by characterization, tested in production at VDD max and fHCLK max with peripherals enabled.
Unit
TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C
IDD
Supply current
in Sleep mode
External clock(2)
all
peripherals enabled
2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz.
24 MHz 9.6 10
mA
16 MHz 7.1 7.5
8 MHz 4.5 4.8
External clock(2)
, all
peripherals disabled
24 MHz 3.8 4
16 MHz 3.3 3.5
8 MHz 2.7 3
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
40/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 14. Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on vs. temperature
at different VBAT values
Table 15. Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes
Symbol Parameter Conditions
Typ(1)
Max
UnitVDD/
VBAT
= 2.0 V
VDD/
VBAT =
2.4 V
VDD/
VBAT
= 3.3 V
TA =
85 °C
TA =
105 °C
IDD
Supply
current in
Stop mode
Regulator in Run mode,
Low-speed and high-speed
internal RC oscillators and
high-speed oscillator OFF (no
independent watchdog)
- 23.5 24 190 350
µA
Regulator in Low-Power mode,
Low-speed and high-speed
internal RC oscillators and
high-speed oscillator OFF (no
independent watchdog)
- 13.5 14 170 330
Supply
current in
Standby
mode
Low-speed internal RC
oscillator and independent
watchdog ON
- 2.6 3.4 - -
Low-speed internal RC
oscillator ON, independent
watchdog OFF
- 2.4 3.2 - -
Low-speed internal RC
oscillator and independent
watchdog OFF, low-speed
oscillator and RTC OFF
- 1.7 2 4 5
IDD_VBAT
Backup
domain
supply current
Low-speed oscillator and RTC
ON
0.9 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.2
1. Typical values are measured at TA = 25 °C.
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
-45°C 25°C 85°C 105°C
3.6 V
3.3 V
2.4 V
2 V
ai15792Temperature (°C)
IDD_VBAT(µA)
DocID16455 Rev 9 41/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 15. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Run mode
versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
Figure 16. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator
in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
42/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 17. Typical current consumption in Standby mode
versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
Typical current consumption
The MCU is placed under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load)
• All peripherals are disabled except if it is explicitly mentioned
• When the peripherals are enabled fPCLK1 = fHCLK/4, fPCLK2 = fHCLK/2, fADCCLK =
fPCLK2/4
The parameters given in Table 16 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
DocID16455 Rev 9 43/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Table 16. Typical current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing
running from Flash
Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK
Typical values(1)
1. Typical values are measures at TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V.
Unit
All peripherals
enabled(2)
2. Add an additional power consumption of 0.8 mA for the ADC and of 0.5 mA for the DAC analog part. In
applications, this consumption occurs only while the ADC is on (ADON bit is set in the ADC_CR2 register).
All peripherals
disabled
IDD
Supply
current in
Run mode
Running on high-speed
external clock with an
8 MHz crystal(3)
3. An 8 MHz crystal is used as the external clock source. The AHB prescaler is used to reduce the frequency
when fHCLK < 8 MHz, the PLL is used when fHCLK > 8 MHz.
24 MHz 12.8 9.3
mA
16 MHz 9.3 6.6
8 MHz 5.1 3.9
4 MHz 3.2 2.5
2 MHz 2.1 1.75
1 MHz 1.55 1.4
500 kHz 1.3 1.2
125 kHz 1.1 1.05
Running on high-speed
internal RC (HSI)
24 MHz 12.2 8.6
16 MHz 8.5 6
8 MHz 4.6 3.3
4 MHz 2.6 1.9
2 MHz 1.5 1.15
1 MHz 0.9 0.8
500 kHz 0.65 0.6
125 kHz 0.45 0.43
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
44/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
On-chip peripheral current consumption
The current consumption of the on-chip peripherals is given in Table 18. The MCU is placed
under the following conditions:
• all I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load)
• all peripherals are disabled unless otherwise mentioned
• the given value is calculated by measuring the current consumption
– with all peripherals clocked off
– with only one peripheral clocked on
• ambient operating temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 5.
Table 17. Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or
RAM
Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK
Typical values(1)
1. Typical values are measures at TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V.
Unit
Allperipherals
enabled(2)
2. Add an additional power consumption of 0.8 mA for the ADC and of 0.5 mA for the DAC analog part. In
applications, this consumption occurs only while the ADC is on (ADON bit is set in the ADC_CR2 register).
All peripherals
disabled
IDD
Supply
current in
Sleep
mode
Running on high-speed
external clock with an
8 MHz crystal(3)
3. An 8 MHz crystal is used as the external clock source. The AHB prescaler is used to reduce the frequency
when fHCLK > 8 MHz, the PLL is used when fHCLK > 8 MHz.
24 MHz 7.3 2.6
mA
16 MHz 5.2 2
8 MHz 2.8 1.3
4 MHz 2 1.1
2 MHz 1.5 1.1
1 MHz 1.25 1
500 kHz 1.1 1
125 kHz 1.05 0.95
Running on high-speed
internal RC (HSI)
24 MHz 6.65 1.9
16 MHz 4.5 1.4
8 MHz 2.2 0.7
4 MHz 1.35 0.55
2 MHz 0.85 0.45
1 MHz 0.6 0.41
500 kHz 0.5 0.39
125 kHz 0.4 0.37
DocID16455 Rev 9 45/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Table 18. Peripheral current consumption(1)
1. fHCLK = 24 MHz, fAPB1 = fHCLK, fAPB2 = fHCLK, default prescaler value for each peripheral.
Peripheral
Current consumption
(µA/MHz)
AHB (up to 24MHz)
DMA1 22.92
CRC 2,08
BusMatrix(2)
2. The BusMatrix is automatically active when at least one master is ON.
4,17
APB1 (up to 24MHz)
APB1-Bridge 2,92
TIM2 18,75
TIM3 17,92
TIM4 18,33
TIM6 5,00
TIM7 5,42
SPI2/I2S2 4,17
USART2 12,08
USART3 12,92
I2C1 10,83
I2C2 10,83
CEC 5,83
DAC(3)
3. When DAC_OUT1 or DAC_OU2 is enabled a current consumption equal to 0,5 mA must be added
8,33
WWDG 2,50
PWR 2,50
BKP 3,33
IWDG 7,50
APB2 (up to 24MHz)
APB2-Bridge 3.75
GPIOA 6,67
GPIOB 6,25
GPIOC 7,08
GPIOD 6,67
GPIOE 6,25
SPI1 4,17
USART1 11,67
TIM1 22,92
TIM15 14,58
TIM16 11,67
TIM17 10.83
ADC1(4)
4. Specific conditions for ADC: fHCLK = 24 MHz, fAPB1 = fHCLK, fAPB2 = fHCLK, fADCCLK = fAPB2/2. When ADON
bit in the ADC_CR2 register is set to 1, a current consumption equal to 0, 1mA must be added.
15.83
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
46/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3.6 External clock source characteristics
High-speed external user clock generated from an external source
The characteristics given in Table 19 result from tests performed using an high-speed
external clock source, and under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions
summarized in Table 8.
Figure 18. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram
Table 19. High-speed external user clock characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
fHSE_ext
User external clock source
frequency(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
-
1 8 24 MHz
VHSEH
OSC_IN input pin high level
voltage(1) 0.7VDD - VDD
V
VHSEL
OSC_IN input pin low level
voltage(1) VSS - 0.3VDD
tw(HSEH)
tw(HSEL)
OSC_IN high or low time(1)
5 - -
ns
tr(HSE)
tf(HSE)
OSC_IN rise or fall time(1)
- - 20
Cin(HSE) OSC_IN input capacitance(1)
- - 5 - pF
DuCy(HSE) Duty cycle(1)
- 45 - 55 %
IL OSC_IN Input leakage current VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD - - ±1 µA
DocID16455 Rev 9 47/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Low-speed external user clock generated from an external source
The characteristics given in Table 20 result from tests performed using an low-speed
external clock source, and under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions
summarized in Table 8.
Figure 19. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram
High-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator
The high-speed external (HSE) clock can be supplied with a 4 to 24 MHz crystal/ceramic
resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on
characterization results obtained with typical external components specified in Table 21. In
the application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as
possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization
time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator
characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy).
Table 20. Low-speed external user clock characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
fLSE_ext
User external clock source
frequency(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
-
- 32.768 1000 kHz
VLSEH
OSC32_IN input pin high level
voltage(1) 0.7VDD - VDD
V
VLSEL
OSC32_IN input pin low level
voltage(1) VSS - 0.3VDD
tw(LSEH)
tw(LSEL)
OSC32_IN high or low time(1)
450 - -
ns
tr(LSE)
tf(LSE)
OSC32_IN rise or fall time(1)
- - 50
Cin(LSE) OSC32_IN input capacitance(1)
- 5 - pF
DuCy(LSE) Duty cycle(1)
30 - 70 %
IL OSC32_IN Input leakage current VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD - - ±1 µA
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
48/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 20. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal
1. REXT value depends on the crystal characteristics.
Table 21. HSE 4-24 MHz oscillator characteristics(1)(2)
1. Resonator characteristics given by the crystal/ceramic resonator manufacturer.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
fOSC_IN Oscillator frequency - 4 8 24 MHz
RF Feedback resistor - - 200 - kΩ
CL1
CL2
(3)
3. It is recommended to use high-quality external ceramic capacitors in the 5 pF to 25 pF range (typ.),
designed for high-frequency applications, and selected to match the requirements of the crystal or
resonator. CL1 and CL2, are usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load
capacitance which is the series combination of CL1 and CL2. PCB and MCU pin capacitance must be
included (10 pF can be used as a rough estimate of the combined pin and board capacitance) when sizing
CL1 and CL2.
Recommended load capacitance
versus equivalent serial
resistance of the crystal (RS)(4)
4. The relatively low value of the RF resistor offers a good protection against issues resulting from use in a
humid environment, due to the induced leakage and the bias condition change. However, it is
recommended to take this point into account if the MCU is used in tough humidity conditions.
RS = 30 Ω - 30 - pF
i2 HSE driving current
VDD = 3.3 V
VIN = VSS with 30 pF
load
- - 1 mA
gm Oscillator transconductance Startup 25 - - mA/V
tSU(HSE)
(5)
5. tSU(HSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 8 MHz
oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal resonator and it can vary significantly
with the crystal manufacturer
Startup time VDD is stabilized - 2 - ms
ai14128b
OSC_OUT
OSC_IN fHSE
CL1
RF
STM32F10xxx
8 MHz
resonator
Resonator with
integrated capacitors
Bias
controlled
gain
REXT
(1)
CL2
DocID16455 Rev 9 49/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Low-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator
The low-speed external (LSE) clock can be supplied with a 32.768 kHz crystal/ceramic
resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on
characterization results obtained with typical external components specified in Table 22. In
the application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as
possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization
time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator
characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy).
Note: For CL1 and CL2 it is recommended to use high-quality ceramic capacitors in the 5 pF to
15 pF range selected to match the requirements of the crystal or resonator. CL1 and CL2, are
usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which
is the series combination of CL1 and CL2.
Load capacitance CL has the following formula: CL = CL1 x CL2 / (CL1 + CL2) + Cstray where
Cstray is the pin capacitance and board or trace PCB-related capacitance. Typically, it is
between 2 pF and 7 pF.
For further details, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST
microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com.
Caution: To avoid exceeding the maximum value of CL1 and CL2 (15 pF) it is strongly recommended
to use a resonator with a load capacitance CL ≤ 7 pF. Never use a resonator with a load
capacitance of 12.5 pF.
Example: if you choose a resonator with a load capacitance of CL = 6 pF, and Cstray = 2 pF,
then CL1 = CL2 = 8 pF.
Table 22. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz)(1)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
RF Feedback resistor - - 5 - MΩ
CL1 CL2
(2)
Recommended load capacitance
versus equivalent serial
resistance of the crystal (RS)(3)
RS = 30 KΩ - - 15 pF
I2 LSE driving current VDD = 3.3 V VIN = VSS - - 1.4 µA
gm Oscillator transconductance - 5 - - µA/V
tSU(LSE)
(4)
Startup time
VDD is
stabilized
TA = 50 °C - 1.5 -
s
TA = 25 °C - 2.5 -
TA = 10 °C - 4 -
TA = 0 °C - 6 -
TA = -10 °C - 10 -
TA = -20 °C - 17 -
TA = -30 °C - 32 -
TA = -40 °C - 60 -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Refer to the note and caution paragraphs above the table.
3. The oscillator selection can be optimized in terms of supply current using an high quality resonator with small RS value for
example MSIV-TIN32.768 kHz. Refer to crystal manufacturer for more details
4. tSU(LSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 32.768 kHz oscillation is
reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
50/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 21. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal
5.3.7 Internal clock source characteristics
The parameters given in Table 23 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
High-speed internal (HSI) RC oscillator
ai14129b
OSC32_OUT
OSC32_IN fLSE
CL1
RF
STM32F10xxx
32.768 KHz
resonator
Resonator with
integrated capacitors
Bias
controlled
gain
CL2
Table 23. HSI oscillator characteristics(1)
1. VDD = 3.3 V, TA = –40 to 105 °C °C unless otherwise specified.
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
fHSI Frequency - - 8 - MHz
DuCy(HSI) Duty cycle - 45 - 55 %
ACCHSI Accuracy of HSI oscillator
TA = –40 to 105 °C(2)
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
-2.4 - 2.5 %
TA = –10 to 85 °C(2) -2.2 - 1.3 %
TA = 0 to 70 °C(2)
-1.9 - 1.3 %
TA = 25 °C -1 - 1 %
tsu(HSI)
(3)
3. Guaranteed by design. Not tested in production
HSI oscillator startup time - 1 - 2 µs
IDD(HSI)
(3)
HSI oscillator power consumption - - 80 100 µA
DocID16455 Rev 9 51/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Low-speed internal (LSI) RC oscillator
Wakeup time from low-power mode
The wakeup times given in Table 25 are measured on a wakeup phase with an 8-MHz HSI
RC oscillator. The clock source used to wake up the device depends from the current
operating mode:
• Stop or Standby mode: the clock source is the RC oscillator
• Sleep mode: the clock source is the clock that was set before entering Sleep mode.
All timings are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply
voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
Table 24. LSI oscillator characteristics (1)
1. VDD = 3 V, TA = –40 to 105 °C °C unless otherwise specified.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
fLSI Frequency 30 40 60 kHz
ΔfLSI(T) Temperature-related frequency drift(2)
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
-9 - 9 %
tsu(LSI)
(3)
3. Guaranteed by design.
LSI oscillator startup time - - 85 µs
IDD(LSI)
(3)
LSI oscillator power consumption - 0.65 1.2 µA
Table 25. Low-power mode wakeup timings
Symbol Parameter Typ Unit
tWUSLEEP
(1)
1. The wakeup times are measured from the wakeup event to the point at which the user application code
reads the first instruction.
Wakeup from Sleep mode 1.8 µs
tWUSTOP
(1)
Wakeup from Stop mode (regulator in run mode) 3.6
µs
Wakeup from Stop mode (regulator in low-power mode) 5.4
tWUSTDBY
(1) Wakeup from Standby mode 50 µs
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
52/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3.8 PLL characteristics
The parameters given in Table 26 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
Table 26. PLL characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Value
Unit
Min(1)
Typ Max(1)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
fPLL_IN
PLL input clock(2)
2. Take care of using the appropriate multiplier factors so as to have PLL input clock values compatible with
the range defined by fPLL_OUT.
1 8.0 24 MHz
PLL input clock duty cycle 40 - 60 %
fPLL_OUT PLL multiplier output clock 16 - 24 MHz
tLOCK PLL lock time - - 200 µs
Jitter Cycle-to-cycle jitter - - 300 ps
DocID16455 Rev 9 53/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.3.9 Memory characteristics
Flash memory
The characteristics are given at TA = –40 to 105 °C unless otherwise specified.
Table 27. Flash memory characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
Typ Max(1)
Unit
tprog 16-bit programming time TA = –40 to +105 °C 40 52.5 70 µs
tERASE Page (1 KB) erase time TA = –40 to +105 °C 20 - 40 ms
tME Mass erase time TA = –40 to +105 °C 20 - 40 ms
IDD Supply current
Read mode
fHCLK = 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V
- - 20 mA
Write / Erase modes
fHCLK = 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V
- - 5 mA
Power-down mode / Halt,
VDD = 3.0 to 3.6 V
- - 50 µA
Vprog Programming voltage - 2 - 3.6 V
Table 28. Flash memory endurance and data retention
Symbol Parameter Conditions
Value
Unit
Min(1)
1. Based on characterization not tested in production.
Typ Max
NEND Endurance
TA = –40 to +85 °C (6 suffix versions)
TA = –40 to +105 °C (7 suffix versions)
10 - - kcycles
tRET Data retention
1 kcycle(2)
at TA = 85 °C
2. Cycling performed over the whole temperature range.
30 - -
Years1 kcycle(2) at TA = 105 °C 10 - -
10 kcycles(2) at TA = 55 °C 20 - -
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
54/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3.10 EMC characteristics
Susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.
Functional EMS (Electromagnetic susceptibility)
While a simple application is executed on the device (toggling 2 LEDs through I/O ports).
the device is stressed by two electromagnetic events until a failure occurs. The failure is
indicated by the LEDs:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (positive and negative) is applied to all device pins until
a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-2 standard.
• FTB: A Burst of Fast Transient voltage (positive and negative) is applied to VDD and
VSS through a 100 pF capacitor, until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is
compliant with the IEC 61000-4-4 standard.
A device reset allows normal operations to be resumed.
The test results are given in Table 29. They are based on the EMS levels and classes
defined in application note AN1709.
Designing hardened software to avoid noise problems
EMC characterization and optimization are performed at component level with a typical
application environment and simplified MCU software. It should be noted that good EMC
performance is highly dependent on the user application and the software in particular.
Therefore it is recommended that the user applies EMC software optimization and pre
qualification tests in relation with the EMC level requested for his application.
Software recommendations
The software flowchart must include the management of runaway conditions such as:
• Corrupted program counter
• Unexpected reset
• Critical Data corruption (control registers...)
Prequalification trials
Most of the common failures (unexpected reset and program counter corruption) can be
reproduced by manually forcing a low state on the NRST pin or the Oscillator pins for 1
second. To complete these trials, ESD stress can be applied directly on the device, over the
range of specification values. When unexpected behavior is detected, the software can be
hardened to prevent unrecoverable errors occurring (see application note AN1015).
Table 29. EMS characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Level/Class
VFESD
Voltage limits to be applied on any I/O pin to
induce a functional disturbance
VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C,
fHCLK = 24 MHz, LQFP100
package, conforms to
IEC 61000-4-2
2B
VEFTB
Fast transient voltage burst limits to be
applied through 100 pF on VDD and VSS pins
to induce a functional disturbance
VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C,
fHCLK = 24 MHz, LQFP100
package, conforms to
IEC 61000-4-4
4A
DocID16455 Rev 9 55/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
The electromagnetic field emitted by the device is monitored while a simple application is
executed (toggling 2 LEDs through the I/O ports). This emission test is compliant with
IEC 61967-2 standard which specifies the test board and the pin loading.
5.3.11 Absolute maximum ratings (electrical sensitivity)
Based on three different tests (ESD, LU) using specific measurement methods, the device is
stressed in order to determine its performance in terms of electrical sensitivity.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Electrostatic discharges (a positive then a negative pulse separated by 1 second) are
applied to the pins of each sample according to each pin combination. The sample size
depends on the number of supply pins in the device (3 parts × (n+1) supply pins). This test
conforms to the JESD22-A114/C101 standard.
Static latch-up
Two complementary static tests are required on six parts to assess the latch-up
performance:
• A supply overvoltage is applied to each power supply pin
• A current injection is applied to each input, output and configurable I/O pin
These tests are compliant with EIA/JESD78 IC latch-up standard.
Table 30. EMI characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions
Monitored
frequency band
Max vs. [fHSE/fHCLK]
Unit
8/24 MHz
SEMI Peak level
VDD = 3.6 V, TA = 25°C,
LQFP100 package
compliant with SAE
J1752/3
0.1 MHz to 30 MHz 9
dBµV30 MHz to 130 MHz 16
130 MHz to 1GHz 19
SAE EMI Level 4 -
Table 31. ESD absolute maximum ratings
Symbol Ratings Conditions Class
Maximum
value(1)
1. Based on characterization results, not tested in production.
Unit
VESD(HBM)
Electrostatic discharge
voltage (human body model)
TA = +25 °C
conforming to JESD22-A114
2 2000
V
VESD(CDM)
Electrostatic discharge
voltage (charge device model)
TA = +25 °C
conforming to JESD22-C101
III 500
Table 32. Electrical sensitivities
Symbol Parameter Conditions Class
LU Static latch-up class TA = +105 °C conforming to JESD78 II level A
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
56/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3.12 I/O current injection characteristics
As a general rule, current injection to the I/O pins, due to external voltage below VSS or
above VDD (for standard, 3 V-capable I/O pins) should be avoided during normal product
operation. However, in order to give an indication of the robustness of the microcontroller in
cases when abnormal injection accidentally happens, susceptibility tests are performed on a
sample basis during device characterization.
Functional susceptibilty to I/O current injection
While a simple application is executed on the device, the device is stressed by injecting
current into the I/O pins programmed in floating input mode. While current is injected into
the I/O pin, one at a time, the device is checked for functional failures.
The failure is indicated by an out of range parameter: ADC error above a certain limit (>5
LSB TUE), out of spec current injection on adjacent pins or other functional failure (for
example reset, oscillator frequency deviation).
The test results are given in Table 33
Table 33. I/O current injection susceptibility
Symbol Description
Functional susceptibility
Unit
Negative
injection
Positive
injection
IINJ
Injected current on OSC_IN32,
OSC_OUT32, PA4, PA5, PC13
-0 +0
mA
Injected current on all FT pins -5 +0
Injected current on any other pin -5 +5
DocID16455 Rev 9 57/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.3.13 I/O port characteristics
General input/output characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 34 are derived from tests
performed under the conditions summarized in Table 8. All I/Os are CMOS and TTL
compliant.
All I/Os are CMOS and TTL compliant (no software configuration required). Their
characteristics cover more than the strict CMOS-technology or TTL parameters. The
coverage of these requirements is shown in Figure 22 and Figure 23 for standard I/Os, and
in Figure 24 and Figure 25 for 5 V tolerant I/Os.
Table 34. I/O static characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
VIL
Standard I/O input low
level voltage
-
–0.3 - 0.28*(VDD–2 V)+0.8 V
V
I/O FT(1)
input low
level voltage
–0.3 - 0.32*(VDD–2 V)+0.75 V
VIH
Standard I/O input
high level voltage
0.41*(VDD–2 V) +1.3 V - VDD+0.3
I/O FT(1)
input high
level voltage
VDD > 2 V
0.42*(VDD–2)+1 V -
5.5
VDD ≤2 V 5.2
Vhys
Standard I/O Schmitt
trigger voltage
hysteresis(2)
-
200 - - mV
I/O FT Schmitt trigger
voltage hysteresis(2) 5% VDD
(3)
- - mV
Ilkg
Input leakage
current(4)
VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD
Standard I/Os
- - ±1
µA
VIN = 5 V
I/O FT
- - 3
RPU
Weak pull-up
equivalent resistor(5) VIN = VSS 30 40 50 kΩ
RPD
Weak pull-down
equivalent resistor(5) VIN = VDD 30 40 50 kΩ
CIO I/O pin capacitance - - 5 - pF
1. FT = 5V tolerant. To sustain a voltage higher than VDD+0.3 the internal pull-up/pull-down resistors must be disabled.
2. Hysteresis voltage between Schmitt trigger switching levels. Guaranteed by design.
3. With a minimum of 100 mV.
4. Leakage could be higher than max. if negative current is injected on adjacent pins.
5. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS/NMOS. This
PMOS/NMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimum (~10% order).
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
58/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 22. Standard I/O input characteristics - CMOS port
Figure 23. Standard I/O input characteristics - TTL port
DocID16455 Rev 9 59/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 24. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - CMOS port
Figure 25. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - TTL port
Output driving current
The GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) can sink or source up to ±8 mA, and sink or
source up to ±20 mA (with a relaxed VOL/VOH).
In the user application, the number of I/O pins which can drive current must be limited to
respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Section 5.2:
• The sum of the currents sourced by all the I/Os on VDD, plus the maximum Run
consumption of the MCU sourced on VDD, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
IVDD (see Table 6).
• The sum of the currents sunk by all the I/Os on VSS plus the maximum Run
consumption of the MCU sunk on VSS cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
IVSS (see Table 6).
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
60/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Output voltage levels
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 35 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized
in Table 8. All I/Os are CMOS and TTL compliant.
Table 35. Output voltage characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
VOL
(1)
1. The IIO current sunk by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Table 6
and the sum of IIO (I/O ports and control pins) must not exceed IVSS.
Output Low level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sunk at the same time CMOS port(2)
IIO = +8 mA,
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V
2. TTL and CMOS outputs are compatible with JEDEC standards JESD36 and JESD52.
- 0.4
V
VOH
(3)
3. The IIO current sourced by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in
Table 6 and the sum of IIO (I/O ports and control pins) must not exceed IVDD.
Output High level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sourced at the same time
VDD–0.4 -
VOL
(1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sunk at the same time
TTL port(2)
IIO = +8 mA
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V
- 0.4
V
VOH
(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sourced at the same time
2.4 -
VOL
(1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sunk at the same time IIO = +20 mA(4)
2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V
4. Based on characterization data, not tested in production.
- 1.3
V
VOH
(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sourced at the same time
VDD–1.3 -
VOL
(1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sunk at the same time IIO = +6 mA(4)
2 V < VDD < 2.7 V
- 0.4
V
VOH
(3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
when 8 pins are sourced at the same time
VDD–0.4 -
DocID16455 Rev 9 61/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Input/output AC characteristics
The definition and values of input/output AC characteristics are given in Figure 26 and
Table 36, respectively.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 36 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized
in Table 8.
Table 36. I/O AC characteristics(1)
1. The I/O speed is configured using the MODEx[1:0] bits. Refer to the STM32F10xxx reference manual for a
description of GPIO Port configuration register.
MODEx
[1:0] bit
value(1)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Max Unit
10
fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2)
2. The maximum frequency is defined in Figure 26.
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 2(3)
MHz
tf(IO)out
Output high to low level fall
time
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V
125(3)
3. Guaranteed by design.
ns
tr(IO)out
Output low to high level rise
time
125(3)
01
fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2)
CL= 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 10(3)
MHz
tf(IO)out
Output high to low level fall
time
CL= 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V
25(3)
ns
tr(IO)out
Output low to high level rise
time
25(3)
11
fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2)
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 24 MHz
tf(IO)out
Output high to low level fall
time
CL = 30 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 5(3)
ns
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 8(3)
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 2.7 V 12(3)
tr(IO)out
Output low to high level rise
time
CL = 30 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 5(3)
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 8(3)
CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 2.7 V 12(3)
- tEXTIpw
Pulse width of external
signals detected by the
EXTI controller
- 10(3)
ns
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
62/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition
5.3.14 NRST pin characteristics
The NRST pin input driver uses CMOS technology. It is connected to a permanent pull-up
resistor, RPU (see Table 34).
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 37 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized
in Table 8.
Table 37. NRST pin characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
VIL(NRST)
(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
NRST Input low level voltage - –0.5 - 0.8
V
VIH(NRST)
(1) NRST Input high level voltage - 2 - VDD+0.5
Vhys(NRST)
NRST Schmitt trigger voltage
hysteresis
- - 200 - mV
RPU Weak pull-up equivalent resistor(2)
2. The pull-up is designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS. This PMOS contribution to
the series resistance must be minimum (~10% order).
VIN = VSS 30 40 50 kΩ
VF(NRST)
(1)
NRST Input filtered pulse - - - 100 ns
VNF(NRST)
(1)
NRST Input not filtered pulse - 300 - - ns
DocID16455 Rev 9 63/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection
1. The reset network protects the device against parasitic resets.
2. The user must ensure that the level on the NRST pin can go below the VIL(NRST) max level specified in
Table 37. Otherwise the reset will not be taken into account by the device.
5.3.15 TIMx characteristics
The parameters given in Table 38 are guaranteed by design.
Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for details on the input/output
alternate function characteristics (output compare, input capture, external clock, PWM
output).
Table 38. TIMx characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions(1)
1. TIMx is used as a general term to refer to the TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 timers.
Min Max Unit
tres(TIM) Timer resolution time
- 1 - tTIMxCLK
fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz 41.7 - ns
fEXT
Timer external clock
frequency on CHx(2)
2. CHx is used as a general term to refer to CH1 to CH4 for TIM1, TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4, to the CH1 to CH2
for TIM15, and to CH1 for TIM16 and TIM17.
0 fTIMxCLK/2 MHz
fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz 0 12 MHz
ResTIM Timer resolution - - 16 bit
tCOUNTER
16-bit counter clock period
when the internal clock is
selected
- 1 65536 tTIMxCLK
fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz - 2730 µs
tMAX_COUNT Maximum possible count
- - 65536 × 65536 tTIMxCLK
fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz - 178 s
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
64/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
5.3.16 Communications interfaces
I2C interface characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 39 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLK1 frequency and VDD supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 8.
The STM32F100xx value line I2C interface meets the requirements of the standard I2C
communication protocol with the following restrictions: the I/O pins SDA and SCL are
mapped to are not “true” open-drain. When configured as open-drain, the PMOS connected
between the I/O pin and VDD is disabled, but is still present.
The I2C characteristics are described in Table 39. Refer also to Section 5.3.12: I/O current
injection characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics
(SDA and SCL).
Table 39. I2C characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Standard mode I2
C(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
Fast mode I2
C(1)(2)
2. fPCLK1 must be at least 2 MHz to achieve standard mode I2C frequencies. It must be at least 4 MHz to
achieve fast mode I2C frequencies. It must be a multiple of 10 MHz to reach the 400 kHz maximum I2C
fast mode clock.
Unit
Min Max Min Max
tw(SCLL) SCL clock low time 4.7 - 1.3 -
µs
tw(SCLH) SCL clock high time 4.0 - 0.6 -
tsu(SDA) SDA setup time 250 - 100 -
ns
th(SDA) SDA data hold time 0 - 0 900(3)
3. The maximum Data hold time has only to be met if the interface does not stretch the low period of SCL
signal.
tr(SDA)
tr(SCL)
SDA and SCL rise time - 1000 - 300
tf(SDA)
tf(SCL)
SDA and SCL fall time - 300 - 300
th(STA) Start condition hold time 4.0 - 0.6 -
µs
tsu(STA)
Repeated Start condition setup
time
4.7 - 0.6 -
tsu(STO) Stop condition setup time 4.0 - 0.6 - µs
tw(STO:STA)
Stop to Start condition time (bus
free)
4.7 - 1.3 - µs
Cb Capacitive load for each bus line - 400 - 400 pF
DocID16455 Rev 9 65/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 28. I2
C bus AC waveforms and measurement circuit(1)
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD.
Table 40. SCL frequency (fPCLK1= 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V)(1)(2)
1. RP = External pull-up resistance, fSCL = I2
C speed,
2. For speeds around 400 kHz, the tolerance on the achieved speed is of ±2%. For other speed ranges, the
tolerance on the achieved speed ±1%. These variations depend on the accuracy of the external
components used to design the application.
fSCL (kHz)(3)
3. Guaranteed by design.
I2C_CCR value
RP = 4.7 kΩ
400 0x8011
300 0x8016
200 0x8021
100 0x0064
50 0x00C8
20 0x01F4
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
66/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
SPI interface characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 41 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 8.
Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for more details on the
input/output alternate function characteristics (NSS, SCK, MOSI, MISO).
Table 41. SPI characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
fSCK
1/tc(SCK)
SPI clock frequency
Master mode - 12
MHz
Slave mode - 12
tr(SCK)
tf(SCK)
SPI clock rise and fall
time
Capacitive load: C = 30 pF 8 ns
DuCy(SCK)
SPI slave input clock
duty cycle
Slave mode 30 70 %
tsu(NSS)
(1)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
NSS setup time Slave mode 4tPCLK -
ns
th(NSS)
(1)
NSS hold time Slave mode 2tPCLK -
tw(SCKH)
(1)
tw(SCKL)
(1) SCK high and low time
Master mode, fPCLK = 24 MHz,
presc = 4
50 60
tsu(MI)
(1)
tsu(SI)
(1) Data input setup time
Master mode 5 -
Slave mode 5 -
th(MI)
(1)
Data input hold time
Master mode 5 -
th(SI)
(1)
Slave mode 4 -
ta(SO)
(1)(2)
2. Min time is for the minimum time to drive the output and the max time is for the maximum time to validate
the data.
Data output access time Slave mode, fPCLK = 24 MHz 0 3tPCLK
tdis(SO)
(1)(3)
3. Min time is for the minimum time to invalidate the output and the max time is for the maximum time to put
the data in Hi-Z
Data output disable time Slave mode 2 10
tv(SO)
(1)
Data output valid time Slave mode (after enable edge) - 25
tv(MO)
(1)
Data output valid time
Master mode (after enable
edge)
- 5
th(SO)
(1)
Data output hold time
Slave mode (after enable edge) 15 -
th(MO)
(1) Master mode (after enable
edge)
2 -
DocID16455 Rev 9 67/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 29. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0
Figure 30. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1(1)
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD.
ai14134c
SCKInput
CPHA=0
MOSI
INPUT
MISO
OUT PUT
CPHA=0
MSB O UT
M SB IN
BIT6 OUT
LSB IN
LSB OUT
CPOL=0
CPOL=1
BIT1 IN
NSS input
tSU(NSS)
tc(SCK)
th(NSS)
ta(SO)
tw(SCKH)
tw(SCKL)
tv(SO) th(SO)
tr(SCK)
tf(SCK)
tdis(SO)
tsu(SI)
th(SI)
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
68/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 31. SPI timing diagram - master mode(1)
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD.
HDMI consumer electronics control (CEC)
Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for more details on the
input/output alternate function characteristics.
5.3.17 12-bit ADC characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 42 are derived from tests
performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLK2 frequency and VDDA supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 8.
Note: It is recommended to perform a calibration after each power-up.
ai14136
SCKInput
CPHA=0
MOSI
OUTUT
MISO
INPUT
CPHA=0
MSBIN
M SB OUT
BIT6 IN
LSB OUT
LSB IN
CPOL=0
CPOL=1
BIT1 OUT
NSS input
tc(SCK)
tw(SCKH)
tw(SCKL)
tr(SCK)
tf(SCK)
th(MI)
High
SCKInput
CPHA=1
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPOL=1
tsu(MI)
tv(MO) th(MO)
RAIN
TS
fADC CADC 2
N 2+
( )ln××
---------------------------------------------------------------- RADC–<
DocID16455 Rev 9 69/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Equation 1: RAIN max formula:
The above formula (Equation 1) is used to determine the maximum external impedance allowed for an
error below 1/4 of LSB. Here N = 12 (from 12-bit resolution).
Table 42. ADC characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
VDDA Power supply - 2.4 - 3.6 V
VREF+ Positive reference voltage - 2.4 - VDDA V
IVREF
Current on the VREF input
pin
- - 160(1)
220(1)
µA
fADC ADC clock frequency - 0.6 - 12 MHz
fS
(2)
Sampling rate - 0.05 - 1 MHz
fTRIG
(2)
External trigger frequency
fADC = 12 MHz - - 705 kHz
- - - 17 1/fADC
VAIN
(3)
Conversion voltage range -
0 (VSSA tied to
ground)
- VREF+ V
RAIN
(2) External input impedance
See Equation 1 and
Table 43 for details
- - 50 κΩ
RADC
(2) Sampling switch resistance - - - 1 κΩ
CADC
(2) Internal sample and hold
capacitor
- - - 8 pF
tCAL
(2) Calibration time
fADC = 12 MHz 6.9 µs
- 83 1/fADC
tlat
(2) Injection trigger conversion
latency
fADC = 12 MHz - - 0.25 µs
- - - 3(4)
1/fADC
tlatr
(2) Regular trigger conversion
latency
fADC = 12 MHz - - 0.166 µs
- - - 2(4)
1/fADC
tS
(2) Sampling time fADC = 12 MHz
0.125 - 20.0 µs
1.5 - 239.5 1/fADC
tSTAB
(2) Power-up time - 0 0 1 µs
tCONV
(2) Total conversion time
(including sampling time)
fADC = 12 MHz 1.17 - 21 µs
-
14 to 252 (tS for sampling +12.5 for
successive approximation)
1/fADC
1. Based on characterization results, not tested in production.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. VREF+ can be internally connected to VDDA and VREF- can be internally connected to VSSA, depending on the package.
Refer to Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions and Figure 6 for further details.
4. For external triggers, a delay of 1/fPCLK2 must be added to the latency specified in Table 42.
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
70/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Note: ADC accuracy vs. negative injection current: Injecting a negative current on any analog
input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion
being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to
ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative currents.
Any positive injection current within the limits specified for IINJ(PIN) and ΣIINJ(PIN) in
Section 5.3.12 does not affect the ADC accuracy.
Table 43. RAIN max for fADC = 12 MHz(1)
1. Guaranteed by design.
Ts (cycles) tS (µs) RAIN max (kΩ)
1.5 0.125 0.4
7.5 0.625 5.9
13.5 1.125 11.4
28.5 2.375 25.2
41.5 3.45 37.2
55.5 4.625 50
71.5 5.96 NA
239.5 20 NA
Table 44. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions(1)(2)
1. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Symbol Parameter Test conditions Typ Max Unit
ET Total unadjusted error fPCLK2 = 24 MHz,
fADC = 12 MHz, RAIN < 10 kΩ,
VDDA = 3 V to 3.6 V
VREF+ = VDDA
TA = 25 °C
Measurements made after
ADC calibration
±1.3 ±2.2
LSB
EO Offset error ±1 ±1.5
EG Gain error ±0.5 ±1.5
ED Differential linearity error ±0.7 ±1
EL Integral linearity error ±0.8 ±1.5
Table 45. ADC accuracy(1) (2) (3)
1. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
2. Better performance could be achieved in restricted VDD, frequency, VREF and temperature ranges.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Symbol Parameter Test conditions Typ Max Unit
ET Total unadjusted error fPCLK2 = 24 MHz,
fADC = 12 MHz, RAIN < 10 kΩ,
VDDA = 2.4 V to 3.6 V
TA = Full operating range
Measurements made after
ADC calibration
±2 ±5
LSB
EO Offset error ±1.5 ±2.5
EG Gain error ±1.5 ±3
ED Differential linearity error ±1 ±2
EL Integral linearity error ±1.5 ±3
DocID16455 Rev 9 71/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
Figure 32. ADC accuracy characteristics
Figure 33. Typical connection diagram using the ADC
1. Refer to Table 42 for the values of RAIN, RADC and CADC.
2. Cparasitic represents the capacitance of the PCB (dependent on soldering and PCB layout quality) plus the
pad capacitance (roughly 7 pF). A high Cparasitic value will downgrade conversion accuracy. To remedy
this, fADC should be reduced.
General PCB design guidelines
Power supply decoupling should be performed as shown in Figure 34 or Figure 35,
depending on whether VREF+ is connected to VDDA or not. The 10 nF capacitors should be
ceramic (good quality). They should be placed them as close as possible to the chip.
EO
EG
1 LSBIDEAL
(1) Example of an actual transfer curve
(2) The ideal transfer curve
(3) End point correlation line
ET=Total Unadjusted Error: maximum deviation
between the actual and the ideal transfer curves.
EO=Offset Error: deviation between the first actual
transition and the first ideal one.
EG=Gain Error: deviation between the last ideal
transition and the last actual one.
ED=Differential Linearity Error: maximum deviation
between actual steps and the ideal one.
EL=Integral Linearity Error: maximum deviation
between any actual transition and the end point
correlation line.
4095
4094
4093
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4093 4094 4095 4096
(1)
(2)
ET
ED
EL
(3)
VDDAVSSA ai14395b
VREF+
4096
(or depending on package)]
VDDA
4096
[1LSBIDEAL =
ai14139d
STM32F10xxxVDD
AINx
IL±1 µA
0.6 V
VT
RAIN
(1)
Cparasitic
VAIN
0.6 V
VT
RADC
(1)
CADC(1)
12-bit
converter
Sample and hold ADC
converter
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
72/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 34. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ not connected to VDDA)
1. VREF+ is available on 100-pin packages and on TFBGA64 packages. VREF- is available on 100-pin
packages only.
Figure 35. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ connected to VDDA)
1. VREF+ and VREF- inputs are available only on 100-pin packages.
VREF+
STM32F10xxx
VDDA
VSSA/V REF-
1 µF // 10 nF
1 µF // 10 nF
ai14380b
VREF+/VDDA
STM32F10xxx
1 µF // 10 nF
VREF–/VSSA
ai14381b
DocID16455 Rev 9 73/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.3.18 DAC electrical specifications
Table 46. DAC characteristics
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max(1)
Unit Comments
VDDA Analog supply voltage 2.4 - 3.6 V -
VREF+ Reference supply voltage 2.4 - 3.6 V
VREF+ must always be below
VDDA
VSSA Ground 0 - 0 V -
RLOAD
(2) Resistive load with buffer ON 5 - - kΩ -
RO
(1) Impedance output with buffer
OFF
- - 15 kΩ
When the buffer is OFF, the
Minimum resistive load between
DAC_OUT and VSS to have a
1% accuracy is 1.5 MΩ
CLOAD
(1)
Capacitive load - - 50 pF
Maximum capacitive load at
DAC_OUT pin (when the buffer
is ON).
DAC_OUT
min(1)
Lower DAC_OUT voltage with
buffer ON
0.2 - - V
It gives the maximum output
excursion of the DAC.
It corresponds to 12-bit input
code (0x0E0) to (0xF1C) at
VREF+ = 3.6 V and (0x155) and
(0xEAB) at VREF+ = 2.4 V
DAC_OUT
max(1)
Higher DAC_OUT voltage with
buffer ON
- - VDDA – 0.2 V
DAC_OUT
min(1)
Lower DAC_OUT voltage with
buffer OFF
- 0.5 - mV
It gives the maximum output
excursion of the DAC.DAC_OUT
max(1)
Higher DAC_OUT voltage with
buffer OFF
- -
VREF+ –
1LSB
V
IDDVREF+
DAC DC current consumption in
quiescent mode (Standby mode)
- - 220 µA
With no load, worst code
(0xF1C) at VREF+ = 3.6 V in
terms of DC consumption on the
inputs
IDDA
DAC DC current consumption in
quiescent mode (Standby mode)
- - 380 µA
With no load, middle code
(0x800) on the inputs
- - 480 µA
With no load, worst code
(0xF1C) at VREF+ = 3.6 V in
terms of DC consumption on the
inputs
DNL(1)
Differential non linearity
Difference between two
consecutive code-1LSB)
- - ±0.5 LSB
Given for the DAC in 10-bit
configuration
- - ±2 LSB
Given for the DAC in 12-bit
configuration
INL(1)
Integral non linearity (difference
between measured value at
Code i and the value at Code i
on a line drawn between Code 0
and last Code 1023)
- - ±1 LSB
Given for the DAC in 10-bit
configuration
- - ±4 LSB
Given for the DAC in 12-bit
configuration
Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
74/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 36. 12-bit buffered /non-buffered DAC
1. The DAC integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output impedance and to drive external
loads directly without the use of an external operational amplifier. The buffer can be bypassed by
configuring the BOFFx bit in the DAC_CR register.
Offset(1)
Offset error
(difference between measured
value at Code (0x800) and the
ideal value = VREF+/2)
- - ±10 mV
Given for the DAC in 12-bit
configuration
- - ±3 LSB
Given for the DAC in 10-bit at
VREF+ = 3.6 V
- - ±12 LSB
Given for the DAC in 12-bit at
VREF+ = 3.6 V
Gain
error(1) Gain error - - ±0.5 %
Given for the DAC in 12bit
configuration
tSETTLING
(1)
Settling time (full scale: for a 10-
bit input code transition between
the lowest and the highest input
codes when DAC_OUT reaches
final value ±1LSB
- 3 4 µs CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ
Update
rate(1)
Max frequency for a correct
DAC_OUT change when small
variation in the input code (from
code i to i+1LSB)
- - 1 MS/s CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ
tWAKEUP
(1)
Wakeup time from off state
(Setting the ENx bit in the DAC
Control register)
- 6.5 10 µs
CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ
input code between lowest and
highest possible ones.
PSRR+ (1) Power supply rejection ratio (to
VDDA) (static DC measurement
- –67 –40 dB No RLOAD, CLOAD = 50 pF
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
Table 46. DAC characteristics (continued)
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max(1)
Unit Comments
R L
C L
Buffered/Non-buffered DAC
DAC_OUTx
Buffer(1)
12-bit
digital to
analog
converter
ai17157V2
DocID16455 Rev 9 75/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics
95
5.3.19 Temperature sensor characteristics
Table 47. TS characteristics
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
TL
(1) VSENSE linearity with temperature - ±1 ±2 °C
Avg_Slope(1)
Average slope 4.0 4.3 4.6 mV/°C
V25
(1)
Voltage at 25°C 1.32 1.41 1.50 V
tSTART
(2) Startup time 4 - 10 µs
TS_temp
(3)(2)
ADC sampling time when reading the temperature - - 17.1 µs
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. Shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations.
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
76/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
6 Package information
In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of
ECOPACK®
packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK®
specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com.
ECOPACK®
is an ST trademark.
6.1 LQFP100 package information
Figure 37. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package outline
1. Drawing is not to scale. Dimensions are in millimeters.
DocID16455 Rev 9 77/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Table 48. LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378
D1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591
D3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
E 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378
E1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591
E3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
k 0.0° 3.5° 7.0° 0.0° 3.5° 7.0°
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
78/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 38. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat
recommended footprint
1. Dimensions are in millimeters.
DocID16455 Rev 9 79/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Device marking for LQFP100
The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier
location.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 39.LQFP100 marking example (package top view)
1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet
qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such
usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering
samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering
samples to run qualification activity.
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
80/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
6.2 LQFP64 package information
Figure 40.LQFP64 – 10 x 10 mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline
1. Drawing is not in scale.
Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
D1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 -
D3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 -
E - 12.000 - - 0.4724 -
E1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 -
E3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 -
DocID16455 Rev 9 81/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Figure 41.LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint
1. Dimensions are in millimeters.
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
K 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7°
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data (continued)
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
82/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Device marking for LQFP64
The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier
location.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 42. LQFP64 marking example (package top view)
1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet
qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such
usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering
samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering
samples to run qualification activity.
DocID16455 Rev 9 83/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
6.3 TFBGA64 package information
Figure 43. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine pitch ball grid
array
package outline
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball
grid array package mechanical data
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
A - - 1.200 - - 0.0472
A1 0.150 - - 0.0059 - -
A2 - 0.200 - - 0.0079 -
A4 - - 0.600 - - 0.0236
b 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.0098 0.0118 0.0138
D 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028
D1 - 3.500 - - 0.1378 -
E 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
84/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Figure 44. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball
grid array, recommended footprint
E1 - 3.500 - - 0.1378 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
F - 0.750 - - 0.0295 -
ddd - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
eee - - 0.150 - - 0.0059
fff - - 0.050 - - 0.0020
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Table 51. TFBGA64 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA)
Dimension Recommended values
Pitch 0.5
Dpad 0.280 mm
Dsm
0.370 mm typ. (depends on the soldermask
registration tolerance)
Stencil opening 0.280 mm
Stencil thickness Between 0.100 mm and 1.125 mm
Pad trace width 0.100 mm
Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball
grid array package mechanical data
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
DocID16455 Rev 9 85/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Device marking for TFBGA64
The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier
location.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 45. TFBGA64 marking example (package top view)
1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet
qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such
usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering
samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering
samples to run qualification activity.
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
86/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
6.4 LQFP48 package information
Figure 46. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package outline
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630
A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059
A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571
b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106
c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079
D 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
D1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
D3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 -
E 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
DocID16455 Rev 9 87/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Figure 47. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
recommended footprint
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
E1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835
E3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 -
e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 -
L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295
L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 -
k 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7°
ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
mechanical data (continued)
Symbol
millimeters inches(1)
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
88/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
Device marking for LQFP48
The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier
location.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply
chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 48. LQFP48 marking example (package top view)
1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet
qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such
usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering
samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering
samples to run qualification activity.
DocID16455 Rev 9 89/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
6.5 Thermal characteristics
The maximum chip junction temperature (TJmax) must never exceed the values given in
Table 8: General operating conditions on page 34.
The maximum chip-junction temperature, TJ max, in degrees Celsius, may be calculated
using the following equation:
TJ max = TA max + (PD max x ΘJA)
Where:
• TA max is the maximum ambient temperature in ° C,
• ΘJA is the package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, in °C/W,
• PD max is the sum of PINT max and PI/O max (PD max = PINT max + PI/Omax),
• PINT max is the product of IDD and VDD, expressed in Watts. This is the maximum chip
internal power.
PI/O max represents the maximum power dissipation on output pins where:
PI/O max = Σ (VOL × IOL) + Σ((VDD – VOH) × IOH),
taking into account the actual VOL / IOL and VOH / IOH of the I/Os at low and high level in the
application.
6.5.1 Reference document
JESD51-2 Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environment Conditions - Natural
Convection (Still Air). Available from www.jedec.org.
Table 53. Package thermal characteristics
Symbol Parameter Value Unit
ΘJA
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP 100 - 14 × 14 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
46
°C/W
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP 64 - 10 × 10 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
45
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
TFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
65
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP 48 - 7 × 7 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
55
Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
90/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
6.5.2 Selecting the product temperature range
When ordering the microcontroller, the temperature range is specified in the ordering
information scheme shown in Table 54: Ordering information scheme.
Each temperature range suffix corresponds to a specific guaranteed ambient temperature at
maximum dissipation and, to a specific maximum junction temperature.
As applications do not commonly use the STM32F10xxx at maximum dissipation, it is useful
to calculate the exact power consumption and junction temperature to determine which
temperature range will be best suited to the application.
The following examples show how to calculate the temperature range needed for a given
application.
Example: high-performance application
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 82 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
IDDmax = 50 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low
level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V and maximum 8 I/Os used at the same time in output
mode at low level with IOL = 20 mA, VOL= 1.3 V
PINTmax = 50 mA × 3.5 V= 175 mW
PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V + 8 × 20 mA × 1.3 V = 272 mW
This gives: PINTmax = 175 mW and PIOmax = 272 mW
PDmax = 175 + 272 = 447 mW
Thus: PDmax = 447 mW
Using the values obtained in Table 53 TJmax is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP64, 45 °C/W
TJmax = 82 °C + (45 °C/W × 447 mW) = 82 °C + 20.1 °C = 102.1 °C
This is within the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < TJ < 105 °C).
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 6 (see
Table 54: Ordering information scheme).
Example 2: High-temperature application
Using the same rules, it is possible to address applications that run at high ambient
temperatures with a low dissipation, as long as junction temperature TJ remains within the
specified range.
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 115 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
IDDmax = 20 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low
level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V
PINTmax = 20 mA × 3.5 V= 70 mW
PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V = 64 mW
This gives: PINTmax = 70 mW and PIOmax = 64 mW:
PDmax = 70 + 64 = 134 mW
Thus: PDmax = 134 mW
DocID16455 Rev 9 91/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information
95
Using the values obtained in Table 53 TJmax is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP100, 46 °C/W
TJmax = 115 °C + (46 °C/W × 134 mW) = 115 °C + 6.2 °C = 121.2 °C
This is within the range of the suffix 7 version parts (–40 < TJ < 125 °C).
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 7 (see
Table 54: Ordering information scheme).
Figure 49. LQFP100 PD max vs. TA
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
65 75 85 95 105 115 125 135
TA (°C)
PD(mW)
Suffix 6
Suffix 7
Ordering information scheme STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
92/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
7 Ordering information scheme
For a list of available options (speed, package, etc.) or for further information on any aspect
of this device, please contact your nearest ST sales office.
Table 54. Ordering information scheme
Example: STM32 F 100 C 6 T 6 B xxx
Device family
STM32 = ARM-based 32-bit microcontroller
Product type
F = General-purpose
Device subfamily
100 = value line
Pin count
C = 48 pins
R = 64 pins
V = 100 pins
Flash memory size
4 = 16 Kbytes of Flash memory
6 = 32 Kbytes of Flash memory
8 = 64 Kbytes of Flash memory
B = 128 Kbytes of Flash memory
Package
T = LQFP
H = BGA
Temperature range
6 = Industrial temperature range, –40 to 85 °C
7 = Industrial temperature range, –40 to 105 °C
Internal code
B
Options
xxx = programmed parts
TR = tape and real
DocID16455 Rev 9 93/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Revision history
95
8 Revision history
Table 55. Document revision history
Date Revision Changes
12-Oct-2009 1 Initial release.
26-Feb-2010 2
TFBGA64 package added (see Table 50 and Table 41).
Note 5 modified in Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin
definitions.
IINJ(PIN) modified in Table 6: Current characteristics. Conditions
removed from Table 25: Low-power mode wakeup timings.
Notes modified in Table 34: I/O static characteristics.
Figure 27: Recommended NRST pin protection modified.
Note modified in Table 39: I2C characteristics. Figure 28: I2C bus AC
waveforms and measurement circuit(1) modified.
Table 46: DAC characteristics modified. Figure 36: 12-bit buffered
/non-buffered DAC added.
TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 updated.
HDMI-CEC electrical characteristics added.
Values added to:
– Table 12: Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with
data processing running from Flash
– Table 13: Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with
data processing running from RAM
– Table 14: Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code
running from Flash or RAM
– Table 15: Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and
Standby modes
– Table 18: Peripheral current consumption
– Table 29: EMS characteristics
– Table 30: EMI characteristics
– Table 47: TS characteristics
Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics modified.
Added figures:
– Figure 12: Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus
frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM,
peripherals enabled
– Figure 13: Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus
frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM,
peripherals disabled
– Figure 15: Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator
in Run mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
– Figure 16: Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator
in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
– Figure 17: Typical current consumption in Standby mode versus
temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
Revision history STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
94/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
30-Mar-2010 3
Revision history corrected.
Updated Table 6: Current characteristics
Values and note updated in Table 16: Typical current consumption in
Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash and
Table 17: Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running
from Flash or RAM.
Updated Table 15: Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop
and Standby modes
Added Figure 14: Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on
vs. temperature at different VBAT values
Typical consumption for ADC1 corrected in Table 18: Peripheral
current consumption.
Maximum current consumption and Typical current consumption:
frequency conditions corrected. Output driving current corrected.
Updated Table 30: EMI characteristics
fADC max corrected in Table 42: ADC characteristics.
Small text changes.
06-May-2010 4
Updated Table 31: ESD absolute maximum ratings on page 55 and
Table 32: Electrical sensitivities on page 56
Updated Table 44: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions on page 70
and Table 45: ADC accuracy on page 70
12-Jul-2010 5
Updated Table 24: LSI oscillator characteristics on page 51
Updated Table 44: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions on page 70
and Table 45: ADC accuracy on page 70
04-Apr-2011 6
Updated Figure 2: Clock tree to add FLITF clock
Updated footnotes below Table 5: Voltage characteristics on page 33
and Table 6: Current characteristics on page 34
Updated tw min in Table 19: High-speed external user clock
characteristics on page 46
Updated startup time in Table 22: LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE
= 32.768 kHz) on page 49
Updated Table 23: HSI oscillator characteristics on page 50
Added Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics on page 56
Updated Table 34: I/O static characteristics on page 57
Corrected TTL and CMOS designations in Table 35: Output voltage
characteristics on page 60
Removed note on remapped characteristics from Table 41: SPI
characteristics on page 66
Table 55. Document revision history (continued)
Date Revision Changes
DocID16455 Rev 9 95/96
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Revision history
95
08-Jun-2012 7
Updated Table 6: Current characteristics on page 34
Updated Table 39: I2C characteristics on page 64
Corrected note “non-robust “ in Section 5.3.17: 12-bit ADC
characteristics on page 68
Updated Section 5.3.13: I/O port characteristics on page 57
Updated Section 2.2.20: GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) on
page 20
Updated Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions
on page 24
Updated Section 5.3.1: General operating conditions on page 34
Updated Table 14: Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode,
code running from Flash or RAM on page 39
08-Jun-2015 8
Updated Table 18: Peripheral current consumption, Table 31: ESD
absolute maximum ratings, Table 48: LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm
low-profile quad flat package mechanical data, Table 49: LQFP64 - 64-
pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data,
Table 50: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine
pitch ball grid array package mechanical data, Table 51: TFBGA64
recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA) and Table 52:
LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical
data.
Updated Figure 37: LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad
flat package outline, Figure 38: LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-
profile quad flat recommended footprint, Figure 40: LQFP64 – 10 x 10
mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline, Figure 41: LQFP64 -
64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint,
Figure 43: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine
pitch ball grid array package outline, Figure 44: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5
x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array,
recommended footprint, Figure 46: LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-
profile quad flat package outline and Figure 47: LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x
7 mm low-profile quad flat package recommended footprint.
Added Figure 39: LQFP100 marking example (package top view),
Figure 42: LQFP64 marking example (package top view) Figure 45:
TFBGA64 marking example (package top view) and Figure 48:
LQFP48 marking example (package top view).
21-Nov-2016 9
Updated:
– Figure 7: Memory map
– Figure 18: High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram
– Figure 19: Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram
– Table 19: High-speed external user clock characteristics
– Table 20: Low-speed external user clock characteristics
– Table 42: ADC characteristics
Table 55. Document revision history (continued)
Date Revision Changes
STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB
96/96 DocID16455 Rev 9
IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and
improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on
ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order
acknowledgement.
Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or
the design of Purchasers’ products.
No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein.
Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product.
ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document.
© 2016 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved

More Related Content

PDF
Java Card 2.x FAQ (2001)
PPTX
Adaptive cruise control
PPT
HEAD MOTION CONTROLLED BY WHEELCHAIR
PPTX
AUTOSAR 403 CAN Stack
PDF
En.cd00161566
PDF
Stm32 f103c8t6
PDF
PDF
En.dm00024550 stm8 s003f3p6
Java Card 2.x FAQ (2001)
Adaptive cruise control
HEAD MOTION CONTROLLED BY WHEELCHAIR
AUTOSAR 403 CAN Stack
En.cd00161566
Stm32 f103c8t6
En.dm00024550 stm8 s003f3p6

Similar to Stm32f100 (20)

PDF
8S003F3_STMicroelectronics.pdf
PDF
ST7MC1XXcomponente eletronico de boa qualidade
PDF
Manual completo ARM
PDF
10580 00089
PDF
PD-1076_hardware_manual_hw1.10_rev1.07.pdf
PDF
A1800 Technical Manual_rev.02.pdf
PDF
Emus_BMS_User_Manual_v.1.0.pdf
PDF
Acb abb
PDF
Liquiline cm442 cm444 cm448-endress+hauser datasheet-multiparameter transmitter
PDF
pH.ORP Transmitter-Multiparameter eight channels
PDF
Dissolved Oxygen Transmitter-Liquiline CM442/CM444/CM448
PDF
Turbidity and Suspended Solids Transmitter-CM442-CM444-CM448
PDF
Stm32 reference manual
PDF
100402371a
PDF
Freescale
PDF
Freescale
PDF
Dm00046982
PDF
Manual programação stm 32 f4
PDF
Mc68 hc908jl3e
PDF
ATV320_Modbus_TCP_EtherNet_IP_Manual_NVE41313_02.pdf
8S003F3_STMicroelectronics.pdf
ST7MC1XXcomponente eletronico de boa qualidade
Manual completo ARM
10580 00089
PD-1076_hardware_manual_hw1.10_rev1.07.pdf
A1800 Technical Manual_rev.02.pdf
Emus_BMS_User_Manual_v.1.0.pdf
Acb abb
Liquiline cm442 cm444 cm448-endress+hauser datasheet-multiparameter transmitter
pH.ORP Transmitter-Multiparameter eight channels
Dissolved Oxygen Transmitter-Liquiline CM442/CM444/CM448
Turbidity and Suspended Solids Transmitter-CM442-CM444-CM448
Stm32 reference manual
100402371a
Freescale
Freescale
Dm00046982
Manual programação stm 32 f4
Mc68 hc908jl3e
ATV320_Modbus_TCP_EtherNet_IP_Manual_NVE41313_02.pdf
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
bas. eng. economics group 4 presentation 1.pptx
PDF
keyrequirementskkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
PDF
BMEC211 - INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS-1.pdf
PPTX
Recipes for Real Time Voice AI WebRTC, SLMs and Open Source Software.pptx
PPTX
FINAL REVIEW FOR COPD DIANOSIS FOR PULMONARY DISEASE.pptx
PDF
Automation-in-Manufacturing-Chapter-Introduction.pdf
PDF
Enhancing Cyber Defense Against Zero-Day Attacks using Ensemble Neural Networks
PPTX
M Tech Sem 1 Civil Engineering Environmental Sciences.pptx
PPTX
UNIT-1 - COAL BASED THERMAL POWER PLANTS
PPTX
CYBER-CRIMES AND SECURITY A guide to understanding
PDF
Well-logging-methods_new................
PPTX
Lecture Notes Electrical Wiring System Components
PPTX
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
PPTX
IOT PPTs Week 10 Lecture Material.pptx of NPTEL Smart Cities contd
PPTX
Infosys Presentation by1.Riyan Bagwan 2.Samadhan Naiknavare 3.Gaurav Shinde 4...
PDF
Evaluating the Democratization of the Turkish Armed Forces from a Normative P...
PDF
TFEC-4-2020-Design-Guide-for-Timber-Roof-Trusses.pdf
PPTX
OOP with Java - Java Introduction (Basics)
PPTX
additive manufacturing of ss316l using mig welding
PDF
Digital Logic Computer Design lecture notes
bas. eng. economics group 4 presentation 1.pptx
keyrequirementskkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
BMEC211 - INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS-1.pdf
Recipes for Real Time Voice AI WebRTC, SLMs and Open Source Software.pptx
FINAL REVIEW FOR COPD DIANOSIS FOR PULMONARY DISEASE.pptx
Automation-in-Manufacturing-Chapter-Introduction.pdf
Enhancing Cyber Defense Against Zero-Day Attacks using Ensemble Neural Networks
M Tech Sem 1 Civil Engineering Environmental Sciences.pptx
UNIT-1 - COAL BASED THERMAL POWER PLANTS
CYBER-CRIMES AND SECURITY A guide to understanding
Well-logging-methods_new................
Lecture Notes Electrical Wiring System Components
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
IOT PPTs Week 10 Lecture Material.pptx of NPTEL Smart Cities contd
Infosys Presentation by1.Riyan Bagwan 2.Samadhan Naiknavare 3.Gaurav Shinde 4...
Evaluating the Democratization of the Turkish Armed Forces from a Normative P...
TFEC-4-2020-Design-Guide-for-Timber-Roof-Trusses.pdf
OOP with Java - Java Introduction (Basics)
additive manufacturing of ss316l using mig welding
Digital Logic Computer Design lecture notes
Ad

Stm32f100

  • 1. This is information on a product in full production. November 2016 DocID16455 Rev 9 1/96 STM32F100x4 STM32F100x6 STM32F100x8 STM32F100xB Low & medium-density value line, advanced ARM®-based 32-bit MCU with 16 to 128 KB Flash, 12 timers, ADC, DAC & 8 comm interfaces Datasheet - production data Features • Core: ARM® 32-bit Cortex® -M3 CPU – 24 MHz maximum frequency, 1.25 DMIPS/MHz (Dhrystone 2.1) performance – Single-cycle multiplication and hardware division • Memories – 16 to 128 Kbytes of Flash memory – 4 to 8 Kbytes of SRAM • Clock, reset and supply management – 2.0 to 3.6 V application supply and I/Os – POR, PDR and programmable voltage detector (PVD) – 4-to-24 MHz crystal oscillator – Internal 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC – Internal 40 kHz RC – PLL for CPU clock – 32 kHz oscillator for RTC with calibration • Low power – Sleep, Stop and Standby modes – VBAT supply for RTC and backup registers • Debug mode – Serial wire debug (SWD) and JTAG interfaces • DMA – 7-channel DMA controller – Peripherals supported: timers, ADC, SPIs, I2 Cs, USARTs and DACs • 1 × 12-bit, 1.2 µs A/D converter (up to 16 channels) – Conversion range: 0 to 3.6 V – Temperature sensor • 2 × 12-bit D/A converters • Up to 80 fast I/O ports – 37/51/80 I/Os, all mappable on 16 external interrupt vectors and almost all 5 V-tolerant • Up to 12 timers – Up to three 16-bit timers, each with up to 4 IC/OC/PWM or pulse counter – 16-bit, 6-channel advanced-control timer: up to 6 channels for PWM output, dead time generation and emergency stop – One 16-bit timer, with 2 IC/OC, 1 OCN/PWM, dead-time generation and emergency stop – Two 16-bit timers, each with IC/OC/OCN/PWM, dead-time generation and emergency stop – 2 watchdog timers (Independent and Window) – SysTick timer: 24-bit downcounter – Two 16-bit basic timers to drive the DAC • Up to 8 communications interfaces – Up to two I2 C interfaces (SMBus/PMBus) – Up to 3 USARTs (ISO 7816 interface, LIN, IrDA capability, modem control) – Up to 2 SPIs (12 Mbit/s) – Consumer electronics control (CEC) interface • CRC calculation unit, 96-bit unique ID • ECOPACK® packages Table 1. Device summary Reference Part number STM32F100x4 STM32F100C4, STM32F100R4 STM32F100x6 STM32F100C6, STM32F100R6 STM32F100x8 STM32F100C8, STM32F100R8, STM32F100V8 STM32F100xB STM32F100CB, STM32F100RB, STM32F100VB LQFP100 14 × 14 mm LQFP64 10 × 10 mm LQFP48 7 × 7 mm TFBGA64 5 × 5 mm www.st.com
  • 2. Contents STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 2/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Contents 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2.1 Device overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 2.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.1 ARM® Cortex®-M3 core with embedded Flash and SRAM . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.2 Embedded Flash memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.3 CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.4 Embedded SRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.5 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 2.2.6 External interrupt/event controller (EXTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.2.7 Clocks and startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.2.8 Boot modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.2.9 Power supply schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.2.10 Power supply supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2.2.11 Voltage regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.2.12 Low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.2.13 DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2.2.14 RTC (real-time clock) and backup registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2.2.15 Timers and watchdogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2.2.16 I²C bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.2.17 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) . . 19 2.2.18 Serial peripheral interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.19 HDMI (high-definition multimedia interface) consumer electronics control (CEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.20 GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.21 Remap capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.22 ADC (analog-to-digital converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.23 DAC (digital-to-analog converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.2.24 Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.2.25 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 3 Pinouts and pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 4 Memory mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
  • 3. DocID16455 Rev 9 3/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Contents 4 5 Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1 Parameter conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.2 Typical values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.3 Typical curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.4 Loading capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.5 Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5.1.6 Power supply scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 5.1.7 Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 5.2 Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 5.3 Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 5.3.1 General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5.3.4 Embedded reference voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 5.3.5 Supply current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 5.3.6 External clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 5.3.7 Internal clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 5.3.8 PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 5.3.9 Memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 5.3.10 EMC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 5.3.11 Absolute maximum ratings (electrical sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 5.3.12 I/O current injection characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 5.3.13 I/O port characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 5.3.14 NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 5.3.15 TIMx characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 5.3.16 Communications interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 5.3.17 12-bit ADC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 5.3.18 DAC electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 5.3.19 Temperature sensor characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 6 Package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 6.1 LQFP100 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 6.2 LQFP64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 6.3 TFBGA64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 6.4 LQFP48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
  • 4. Contents STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 4/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 6.5 Thermal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 6.5.1 Reference document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 6.5.2 Selecting the product temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 7 Ordering information scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 8 Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
  • 5. DocID16455 Rev 9 5/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB List of tables 6 List of tables Table 1. Device summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Table 2. STM32F100xx features and peripheral counts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Table 3. Timer feature comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Table 5. Voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Table 6. Current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Table 7. Thermal characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Table 8. General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Table 9. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Table 10. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Table 11. Embedded internal reference voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Table 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Table 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from RAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Table 14. Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM. . . . . . . 39 Table 15. Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Table 16. Typical current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Table 17. Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM. . . . . . . . . 44 Table 18. Peripheral current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Table 19. High-speed external user clock characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Table 20. Low-speed external user clock characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Table 21. HSE 4-24 MHz oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Table 22. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Table 23. HSI oscillator characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Table 24. LSI oscillator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Table 25. Low-power mode wakeup timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Table 26. PLL characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Table 27. Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Table 28. Flash memory endurance and data retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Table 29. EMS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Table 30. EMI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Table 31. ESD absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Table 32. Electrical sensitivities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Table 33. I/O current injection susceptibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Table 34. I/O static characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Table 35. Output voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Table 36. I/O AC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Table 37. NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Table 38. TIMx characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Table 39. I2 C characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Table 40. SCL frequency (fPCLK1= 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Table 41. SPI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Table 42. ADC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Table 43. RAIN max for fADC = 12 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Table 44. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Table 45. ADC accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  • 6. List of tables STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 6/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Table 46. DAC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Table 47. TS characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Table 48. LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package mechanical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Table 51. TFBGA64 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Table 53. Package thermal characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Table 54. Ordering information scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Table 55. Document revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
  • 7. DocID16455 Rev 9 7/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB List of figures 8 List of figures Figure 1. STM32F100xx value line block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Figure 2. Clock tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Figure 3. STM32F100xx value line LQFP100 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Figure 4. STM32F100xx value line LQFP64 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Figure 5. STM32F100xx value line LQFP48 pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Figure 6. STM32F100xx value line TFBGA64 ballout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Figure 7. Memory map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 8. Pin loading conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Figure 9. Pin input voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Figure 10. Power supply scheme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Figure 11. Current consumption measurement scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Figure 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Figure 14. Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on vs. temperature at different VBAT values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Figure 15. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Run mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Figure 16. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Figure 17. Typical current consumption in Standby mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Figure 18. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Figure 19. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Figure 20. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Figure 21. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Figure 22. Standard I/O input characteristics - CMOS port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Figure 23. Standard I/O input characteristics - TTL port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Figure 24. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - CMOS port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Figure 25. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - TTL port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Figure 28. I2 C bus AC waveforms and measurement circuit(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Figure 29. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Figure 30. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Figure 31. SPI timing diagram - master mode(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Figure 32. ADC accuracy characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Figure 33. Typical connection diagram using the ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Figure 34. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ not connected to VDDA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Figure 35. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ connected to VDDA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Figure 36. 12-bit buffered /non-buffered DAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 37. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Figure 38. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Figure 39. LQFP100 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Figure 40. LQFP64 – 10 x 10 mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Figure 41. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . 81
  • 8. List of figures STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 8/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 42. LQFP64 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Figure 43. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Figure 44. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array, recommended footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Figure 45. TFBGA64 marking example (package top view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Figure 46. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Figure 47. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package recommended footprint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Figure 48. LQFP48 marking example (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Figure 49. LQFP100 PD max vs. TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
  • 9. DocID16455 Rev 9 9/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Introduction 95 1 Introduction This datasheet provides the ordering information and mechanical device characteristics of the STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB microcontrollers. In the rest of the document, the STM32F100x4 and STM32F100x6 are referred to as low- density devices while the STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB are identified as medium- density devices. This STM32F100xx datasheet should be read in conjunction with the low- and medium- density STM32F100xx reference manual. For information on programming, erasing and protection of the internal Flash memory please refer to the STM32F100xx Flash programming manual. The reference and Flash programming manuals are both available from the STMicroelectronics website www.st.com. For information on the Cortex® -M3 core please refer to the Cortex® -M3 Technical Reference Manual, available from the www.arm.com website at the following address: http://infocenter.arm.com.
  • 10. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 10/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 2 Description The STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8 and STM32F100xB microcontrollers incorporate the high-performance ARM® Cortex® -M3 32-bit RISC core operating at a 24 MHz frequency, high-speed embedded memories (Flash memory up to 128 Kbytes and SRAM up to 8 Kbytes), and an extensive range of enhanced peripherals and I/Os connected to two APB buses. All devices offer standard communication interfaces (up to two I2 Cs, two SPIs, one HDMI CEC, and up to three USARTs), one 12-bit ADC, two 12-bit DACs, up to six general-purpose 16-bit timers and an advanced-control PWM timer. The STM32F100xx low- and medium-density devices operate in the – 40 to + 85 °C and – 40 to + 105 °C temperature ranges, from a 2.0 to 3.6 V power supply. A comprehensive set of power-saving mode allows the design of low-power applications. These microcontrollers include devices in three different packages ranging from 48 pins to 100 pins. Depending on the device chosen, different sets of peripherals are included. These features make these microcontrollers suitable for a wide range of applications such as application control and user interfaces, medical and hand-held equipment, PC and gaming peripherals, GPS platforms, industrial applications, PLCs, inverters, printers, scanners, alarm systems, video intercoms, and HVACs.
  • 11. DocID16455 Rev 9 11/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 2.1 Device overview The description below gives an overview of the complete range of peripherals proposed in this family. Figure 1 shows the general block diagram of the device family. Table 2. STM32F100xx features and peripheral counts Peripheral STM32F100Cx STM32F100Rx STM32F100Vx Flash - Kbytes 16 32 64 128 16 32 64 128 64 128 SRAM - Kbytes 4 4 8 8 4 4 8 8 8 8 Timers Advanced-control 1 1 1 1 1 General-purpose 5(1) 6 5(1) 6 6 Communication interfaces SPI 1(2) 2 1(2) 2 2 I2 C 1(3) 2 1(3) 2 2 USART 2(4) 3 2(4) 3 3 CEC 1 12-bit synchronized ADC number of channels 1 10 channels 1 16 channels 1 16 channels GPIOs 37 51 80 12-bit DAC Number of channels 2 2 CPU frequency 24 MHz Operating voltage 2.0 to 3.6 V Operating temperatures Ambient operating temperature: –40 to +85 °C /–40 to +105 °C (see Table 8) Junction temperature: –40 to +125 °C (see Table 8) Packages LQFP48 LQFP64, TFBGA64 LQFP100 1. TIM4 not present. 2. SPI2 is not present. 3. I2C2 is not present. 4. USART3 is not present.
  • 12. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 12/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 1. STM32F100xx value line block diagram 1. Peripherals not present in low-density value line devices. 2. AF = alternate function on I/O port pin. 3. TA = –40 °C to +85 °C (junction temperature up to 105 °C) or TA = –40 °C to +105 °C (junction temperature up to 125 °C).
  • 13. DocID16455 Rev 9 13/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 Figure 2. Clock tree 1. To have an ADC conversion time of 1.2 µs, APB2 must be at 24 MHz.
  • 14. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 14/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 2.2 Overview 2.2.1 ARM® Cortex® -M3 core with embedded Flash and SRAM The ARM® Cortex®-M3 processor is the latest generation of ARM processors for embedded systems. It has been developed to provide a low-cost platform that meets the needs of MCU implementation, with a reduced pin count and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and an advanced system response to interrupts. The ARM Cortex®-M3 32-bit RISC processor features exceptional code-efficiency, delivering the high-performance expected from an ARM core in the memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices. The STM32F100xx value line family having an embedded ARM core, is therefore compatible with all ARM tools and software. 2.2.2 Embedded Flash memory Up to 128 Kbytes of embedded Flash memory is available for storing programs and data. 2.2.3 CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit The CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit is used to get a CRC code from a 32-bit data word and a fixed generator polynomial. Among other applications, CRC-based techniques are used to verify data transmission or storage integrity. In the scope of the EN/IEC 60335-1 standard, they offer a means of verifying the Flash memory integrity. The CRC calculation unit helps compute a signature of the software during runtime, to be compared with a reference signature generated at link- time and stored at a given memory location. 2.2.4 Embedded SRAM Up to 8 Kbytes of embedded SRAM accessed (read/write) at CPU clock speed with 0 wait states. 2.2.5 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) The STM32F100xx value line embeds a nested vectored interrupt controller able to handle up to 41 maskable interrupt channels (not including the 16 interrupt lines of Cortex® -M3) and 16 priority levels. • Closely coupled NVIC gives low latency interrupt processing • Interrupt entry vector table address passed directly to the core • Closely coupled NVIC core interface • Allows early processing of interrupts • Processing of late arriving higher priority interrupts • Support for tail-chaining • Processor state automatically saved • Interrupt entry restored on interrupt exit with no instruction overhead This hardware block provides flexible interrupt management features with minimal interrupt latency.
  • 15. DocID16455 Rev 9 15/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 2.2.6 External interrupt/event controller (EXTI) The external interrupt/event controller consists of 18 edge detector lines used to generate interrupt/event requests. Each line can be independently configured to select the trigger event (rising edge, falling edge, both) and can be masked independently. A pending register maintains the status of the interrupt requests. The EXTI can detect an external line with a pulse width shorter than the Internal APB2 clock period. Up to 80 GPIOs can be connected to the 16 external interrupt lines. 2.2.7 Clocks and startup System clock selection is performed on startup, however the internal RC 8 MHz oscillator is selected as default CPU clock on reset. An external 4-24 MHz clock can be selected, in which case it is monitored for failure. If failure is detected, the system automatically switches back to the internal RC oscillator. A software interrupt is generated if enabled. Similarly, full interrupt management of the PLL clock entry is available when necessary (for example on failure of an indirectly used external crystal, resonator or oscillator). Several prescalers allow the configuration of the AHB frequency, the high-speed APB (APB2) and the low-speed APB (APB1) domains. The maximum frequency of the AHB and the APB domains is 24 MHz. 2.2.8 Boot modes At startup, boot pins are used to select one of three boot options: • Boot from user Flash • Boot from system memory • Boot from embedded SRAM The boot loader is located in System Memory. It is used to reprogram the Flash memory by using USART1. For further details please refer to AN2606. 2.2.9 Power supply schemes • VDD = 2.0 to 3.6 V: External power supply for I/Os and the internal regulator. Provided externally through VDD pins. • VSSA, VDDA = 2.0 to 3.6 V: External analog power supplies for ADC, DAC, Reset blocks, RCs and PLL (minimum voltage to be applied to VDDA is 2.4 V when the ADC or DAC is used). VDDA and VSSA must be connected to VDD and VSS, respectively. • VBAT = 1.8 to 3.6 V: Power supply for RTC, external clock 32 kHz oscillator and backup registers (through power switch) when VDD is not present. 2.2.10 Power supply supervisor The device has an integrated power on reset (POR)/power down reset (PDR) circuitry. It is always active, and ensures proper operation starting from/down to 2 V. The device remains in reset mode when VDD is below a specified threshold, VPOR/PDR, without the need for an external reset circuit. The device features an embedded programmable voltage detector (PVD) that monitors the VDD/VDDA power supply and compares it to the VPVD threshold. An interrupt can be generated when VDD/VDDA drops below the VPVD threshold and/or when VDD/VDDA is
  • 16. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 16/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 higher than the VPVD threshold. The interrupt service routine can then generate a warning message and/or put the MCU into a safe state. The PVD is enabled by software. 2.2.11 Voltage regulator The regulator has three operation modes: main (MR), low power (LPR) and power down. • MR is used in the nominal regulation mode (Run) • LPR is used in the Stop mode • Power down is used in Standby mode: the regulator output is in high impedance: the kernel circuitry is powered down, inducing zero consumption (but the contents of the registers and SRAM are lost) This regulator is always enabled after reset. It is disabled in Standby mode, providing high impedance output. 2.2.12 Low-power modes The STM32F100xx value line supports three low-power modes to achieve the best compromise between low power consumption, short startup time and available wakeup sources: • Sleep mode In Sleep mode, only the CPU is stopped. All peripherals continue to operate and can wake up the CPU when an interrupt/event occurs. • Stop mode Stop mode achieves the lowest power consumption while retaining the content of SRAM and registers. All clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are disabled. The voltage regulator can also be put either in normal or in low power mode. The device can be woken up from Stop mode by any of the EXTI line. The EXTI line source can be one of the 16 external lines, the PVD output or the RTC alarm. • Standby mode The Standby mode is used to achieve the lowest power consumption. The internal voltage regulator is switched off so that the entire 1.8 V domain is powered off. The PLL, the HSI RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are also switched off. After entering Standby mode, SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and Standby circuitry. The device exits Standby mode when an external reset (NRST pin), a IWDG reset, a rising edge on the WKUP pin, or an RTC alarm occurs. Note: The RTC, the IWDG, and the corresponding clock sources are not stopped by entering Stop or Standby mode. 2.2.13 DMA The flexible 7-channel general-purpose DMA is able to manage memory-to-memory, peripheral-to-memory and memory-to-peripheral transfers. The DMA controller supports circular buffer management avoiding the generation of interrupts when the controller reaches the end of the buffer.
  • 17. DocID16455 Rev 9 17/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 Each channel is connected to dedicated hardware DMA requests, with support for software trigger on each channel. Configuration is made by software and transfer sizes between source and destination are independent. The DMA can be used with the main peripherals: SPI, DAC, I2 C, USART, all timers and ADC. 2.2.14 RTC (real-time clock) and backup registers The RTC and the backup registers are supplied through a switch that takes power either on VDD supply when present or through the VBAT pin. The backup registers are ten 16-bit registers used to store 20 bytes of user application data when VDD power is not present. The real-time clock provides a set of continuously running counters which can be used with suitable software to provide a clock calendar function, and provides an alarm interrupt and a periodic interrupt. It is clocked by a 32.768 kHz external crystal, resonator or oscillator, the internal low power RC oscillator or the high-speed external clock divided by 128. The internal low power RC has a typical frequency of 40 kHz. The RTC can be calibrated using an external 512 Hz output to compensate for any natural crystal deviation. The RTC features a 32-bit programmable counter for long term measurement using the Compare register to generate an alarm. A 20-bit prescaler is used for the time base clock and is by default configured to generate a time base of 1 second from a clock at 32.768 kHz. 2.2.15 Timers and watchdogs The STM32F100xx devices include an advanced-control timer, six general-purpose timers, two basic timers and two watchdog timers. Table 3 compares the features of the advanced-control, general-purpose and basic timers. Table 3. Timer feature comparison Timer Counter resolution Counter type Prescaler factor DMA request generation Capture/compare channels Complementary outputs TIM1 16-bit Up, down, up/down Any integer between 1 and 65536 Yes 4 Yes TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 16-bit Up, down, up/down Any integer between 1 and 65536 Yes 4 No TIM15 16-bit Up Any integer between 1 and 65536 Yes 2 Yes TIM16, TIM17 16-bit Up Any integer between 1 and 65536 Yes 1 Yes TIM6, TIM7 16-bit Up Any integer between 1 and 65536 Yes 0 No
  • 18. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 18/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Advanced-control timer (TIM1) The advanced-control timer (TIM1) can be seen as a three-phase PWM multiplexed on 6 channels. It has complementary PWM outputs with programmable inserted dead times. It can also be seen as a complete general-purpose timer. The 4 independent channels can be used for: • Input capture • Output compare • PWM generation (edge or center-aligned modes) • One-pulse mode output If configured as a standard 16-bit timer, it has the same features as the TIMx timer. If configured as the 16-bit PWM generator, it has full modulation capability (0-100%). The counter can be frozen in debug mode. Many features are shared with those of the standard TIM timers which have the same architecture. The advanced control timer can therefore work together with the TIM timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining. General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16 & TIM17) There are six synchronizable general-purpose timers embedded in the STM32F100xx devices (see Table 3 for differences). Each general-purpose timers can be used to generate PWM outputs, or as simple time base. TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 STM32F100xx devices feature three synchronizable 4-channels general-purpose timers. These timers are based on a 16-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and a 16-bit prescaler. They feature 4 independent channels each for input capture/output compare, PWM or one- pulse mode output. This gives up to 12 input captures/output compares/PWMs on the largest packages. The TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 general-purpose timers can work together or with the TIM1 advanced-control timer via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining. TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 all have independent DMA request generation. These timers are capable of handling quadrature (incremental) encoder signals and the digital outputs from 1 to 3 hall-effect sensors. Their counters can be frozen in debug mode. TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 These timers are based on a 16-bit auto-reload upcounter and a 16-bit prescaler. TIM15 has two independent channels, whereas TIM16 and TIM17 feature one single channel for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode output. The TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 timers can work together, and TIM15 can also operate with TIM1 via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining. TIM15 can be synchronized with TIM16 and TIM17. TIM15, TIM16, and TIM17 have a complementary output with dead-time generation and independent DMA request generation
  • 19. DocID16455 Rev 9 19/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 Their counters can be frozen in debug mode. Basic timers TIM6 and TIM7 These timers are mainly used for DAC trigger generation. They can also be used as a generic 16-bit time base. Independent watchdog The independent watchdog is based on a 12-bit downcounter and 8-bit prescaler. It is clocked from an independent 40 kHz internal RC and as it operates independently from the main clock, it can operate in Stop and Standby modes. It can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs, or as a free running timer for application timeout management. It is hardware or software configurable through the option bytes. The counter can be frozen in debug mode. Window watchdog The window watchdog is based on a 7-bit downcounter that can be set as free running. It can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs. It is clocked from the main clock. It has an early warning interrupt capability and the counter can be frozen in debug mode. SysTick timer This timer is dedicated for OS, but could also be used as a standard down counter. It features: • A 24-bit down counter • Autoreload capability • Maskable system interrupt generation when the counter reaches 0. • Programmable clock source 2.2.16 I² C bus The I²C bus interface can operate in multimaster and slave modes. It can support standard and fast modes. It supports dual slave addressing (7-bit only) and both 7/10-bit addressing in master mode. A hardware CRC generation/verification is embedded. The interface can be served by DMA and it supports SM Bus 2.0/PM Bus. 2.2.17 Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) The STM32F100xx value line embeds three universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitters (USART1, USART2 and USART3). The available USART interfaces communicate at up to 3 Mbit/s. They provide hardware management of the CTS and RTS signals, they support IrDA SIR ENDEC, the multiprocessor communication mode, the single-wire half-duplex communication mode and have LIN Master/Slave capability. The USART interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
  • 20. Description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 20/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 2.2.18 Serial peripheral interface (SPI) Up to two SPIs are able to communicate up to 12 Mbit/s in slave and master modes in full- duplex and simplex communication modes. The 3-bit prescaler gives 8 master mode frequencies and the frame is configurable to 8 bits or 16 bits. Both SPIs can be served by the DMA controller. 2.2.19 HDMI (high-definition multimedia interface) consumer electronics control (CEC) The STM32F100xx value line embeds a HDMI-CEC controller that provides hardware support of consumer electronics control (CEC) (Appendix supplement 1 to the HDMI standard). This protocol provides high-level control functions between all audiovisual products in an environment. It is specified to operate at low speeds with minimum processing and memory overhead. 2.2.20 GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) Each of the GPIO pins can be configured by software as output (push-pull or open-drain), as input (with or without pull-up or pull-down) or as peripheral alternate function. Most of the GPIO pins are shared with digital or analog alternate functions. All GPIOs are high current capable. The I/Os alternate function configuration can be locked if needed following a specific sequence in order to avoid spurious writing to the I/Os registers. 2.2.21 Remap capability This feature allows the use of a maximum number of peripherals in a given application. Indeed, alternate functions are available not only on the default pins but also on other specific pins onto which they are remappable. This has the advantage of making board design and port usage much more flexible. For details refer to Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions; it shows the list of remappable alternate functions and the pins onto which they can be remapped. See the STM32F10xxx reference manual for software considerations. 2.2.22 ADC (analog-to-digital converter) The 12-bit analog to digital converter has up to 16 external channels and performs conversions in single-shot or scan modes. In scan mode, automatic conversion is performed on a selected group of analog inputs. The ADC can be served by the DMA controller. An analog watchdog feature allows very precise monitoring of the converted voltage of one, some or all selected channels. An interrupt is generated when the converted voltage is outside the programmed thresholds.
  • 21. DocID16455 Rev 9 21/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Description 95 2.2.23 DAC (digital-to-analog converter) The two 12-bit buffered DAC channels can be used to convert two digital signals into two analog voltage signal outputs. The chosen design structure is composed of integrated resistor strings and an amplifier in noninverting configuration. This dual digital Interface supports the following features: • two DAC converters: one for each output channel • up to 10-bit output • left or right data alignment in 12-bit mode • synchronized update capability • noise-wave generation • triangular-wave generation • dual DAC channels’ independent or simultaneous conversions • DMA capability for each channel • external triggers for conversion • input voltage reference VREF+ Eight DAC trigger inputs are used in the STM32F100xx. The DAC channels are triggered through the timer update outputs that are also connected to different DMA channels. 2.2.24 Temperature sensor The temperature sensor has to generate a voltage that varies linearly with temperature. The conversion range is between 2 V < VDDA < 3.6 V. The temperature sensor is internally connected to the ADC1_IN16 input channel which is used to convert the sensor output voltage into a digital value. 2.2.25 Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) The ARM SWJ-DP Interface is embedded, and is a combined JTAG and serial wire debug port that enables either a serial wire debug or a JTAG probe to be connected to the target. The JTAG TMS and TCK pins are shared respectively with SWDIO and SWCLK and a specific sequence on the TMS pin is used to switch between JTAG-DP and SW-DP.
  • 22. Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 22/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 3 Pinouts and pin description Figure 3. STM32F100xx value line LQFP100 pinout
  • 23. DocID16455 Rev 9 23/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description 95 Figure 4. STM32F100xx value line LQFP64 pinout Figure 5. STM32F100xx value line LQFP48 pinout 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2423 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 48 47 46 45 LQFP48 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB10 PB11 VSS_1 VDD_1 VDD_2 VSS_2 PA13 PA12 PA11 PA10 PA9 PA8 PB15 PB14 PB13 PB12 VBAT PC14-OSC32_IN PC15-OSC32_OUT PD0-OSC_IN PD1-OSC_OUT NRST VSSA VDDA PA0-WKUP PA1 PA2 VDD_3 VSS_3 PB9 PB8 BOOT0 PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3 PA15 PA14 ai14378d PC13-TAMPER-RTC
  • 24. Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 24/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 6. STM32F100xx value line TFBGA64 ballout AI15494 PB2 PC14- OSC32_IN PA7PA4 PA2 PA15 PB11 PB1PA6PA3 H PB10 PC5PC4 D PA8 PA9 BOOT0PB8 C PC9 PA11 PB6 PC12 VDDA PB9 B PA12PC10 PC15- OSC32_OUT PB3 PD2 A 87654321 VSS_4OSC_IN OSC_OUT VDD_4 G F E PC2 VREF+ PC13- TAMPER-RTC PB4 PA13PA14 PB7 PB5 VSS_3 PC7 PC8PC0NRST PC1 PB0PA5 PB14 VDD_2VDD_3 PB13 VBAT PC11 PA10 VSS_2 VSS_1 PC6VSSA PA1 VDD_1 PB15 PB12 PA0-WKUP Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions Pins Pin name Type(1) I/Olevel(2) Main function(3) (after reset) Alternate functions(3)(4) LQFP100 LQFP64 TFBGA64 LQFP48 Default Remap 1 - - - PE2 I/O FT PE2 TRACECLK - 2 - - - PE3 I/O FT PE3 TRACED0 - 3 - - - PE4 I/O FT PE4 TRACED1 - 4 - - - PE5 I/O FT PE5 TRACED2 - 5 - - - PE6 I/O FT PE6 TRACED3 - 6 1 B2 1 VBAT S - VBAT - - 7 2 A2 2 PC13-TAMPER-RTC(5) I/O - PC13(6) TAMPER-RTC - 8 3 A1 3 PC14-OSC32_IN(5) I/O - PC14(6) OSC32_IN -
  • 25. DocID16455 Rev 9 25/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description 95 9 4 B1 4 PC15-OSC32_OUT(5) I/O - PC15(6) OSC32_OUT - 10 - - - VSS_5 S - VSS_5 - - 11 - - - VDD_5 S - VDD_5 - - 12 5 C1 5 OSC_IN I - OSC_IN - PD0(7) 13 6 D1 6 OSC_OUT O - OSC_OUT - PD1(7) 14 7 E1 7 NRST I/O - NRST - - 15 8 E3 - PC0 I/O - PC0 ADC1_IN10 - 16 9 E2 - PC1 I/O - PC1 ADC1_IN11 - 17 10 F2 - PC2 I/O - PC2 ADC1_IN12 - 18 11 -(8) - PC3 I/O - PC3 ADC1_IN13 - 19 12 F1 8 VSSA S - VSSA - - 20 - - - VREF- S - VREF- - - 21 - G1 - VREF+ S - VREF+ - - 22 13 H1 9 VDDA S - VDDA - - 23 14 G2 10 PA0-WKUP I/O - PA0 WKUP / USART2_CTS(12)/ ADC1_IN0 / TIM2_CH1_ETR(12) - 24 15 H2 11 PA1 I/O - PA1 USART2_RTS(12)/ ADC1_IN1 / TIM2_CH2(12) - 25 16 F3 12 PA2 I/O - PA2 USART2_TX(12)/ ADC1_IN2 / TIM2_CH3(12)/ TIM15_CH1(12) - 26 17 G3 13 PA3 I/O - PA3 USART2_RX(12)/ ADC1_IN3 / TIM2_CH4(12) / TIM15_CH2(12) - 27 18 C2 - VSS_4 S - VSS_4 - - 28 19 D2 - VDD_4 S - VDD_4 - - 29 20 H3 14 PA4 I/O - PA4 SPI1_NSS(12)/ADC1_IN4 USART2_CK(12) / DAC1_OUT - 30 21 F4 15 PA5 I/O - PA5 SPI1_SCK(12)/ADC1_IN5 / DAC2_OUT - 31 22 G4 16 PA6 I/O - PA6 SPI1_MISO(12)/ADC1_IN6/ TIM3_CH1(12) TIM1_BKIN / TIM16_CH1 32 23 H4 17 PA7 I/O - PA7 SPI1_MOSI(12)/ADC1_IN7/ TIM3_CH2(12) TIM1_CH1N / TIM17_CH1 Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued) Pins Pin name Type(1) I/Olevel(2) Main function(3) (after reset) Alternate functions(3)(4) LQFP100 LQFP64 TFBGA64 LQFP48 Default Remap
  • 26. Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 26/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 33 24 H5 - PC4 I/O - PC4 ADC1_IN14 - 34 25 H6 - PC5 I/O - PC5 ADC1_IN15 - 35 26 F5 18 PB0 I/O - PB0 ADC1_IN8/TIM3_CH3(12) TIM1_CH2N 36 27 G5 19 PB1 I/O - PB1 ADC1_IN9/TIM3_CH4(12) TIM1_CH3N 37 28 G6 20 PB2 I/O FT PB2/BOOT1 - - 38 - - - PE7 I/O FT PE7 - TIM1_ETR 39 - - - PE8 I/O FT PE8 - TIM1_CH1N 40 - - - PE9 I/O FT PE9 - TIM1_CH1 41 - - - PE10 I/O FT PE10 - TIM1_CH2N 42 - - - PE11 I/O FT PE11 - TIM1_CH2 43 - - - PE12 I/O FT PE12 - TIM1_CH3N 44 - - - PE13 I/O FT PE13 - TIM1_CH3 45 - - - PE14 I/O FT PE14 - TIM1_CH4 46 - - - PE15 I/O FT PE15 - TIM1_BKIN 47 29 G7 21 PB10 I/O FT PB10 I2C2_SCL(9)/USART3_TX (12) TIM2_CH3 / HDMI_CEC 48 30 H7 22 PB11 I/O FT PB11 I2C2_SDA(9)/USART3_RX( 12) TIM2_CH4 49 31 D6 23 VSS_1 S - VSS_1 - - 50 32 E6 24 VDD_1 S - VDD_1 - - 51 33 H8 25 PB12 I/O FT PB12 SPI2_NSS(10)/ I2C2_SMBA(9) / TIM1_BKIN(12)/USART3_C K(12) - 52 34 G8 26 PB13 I/O FT PB13 SPI2_SCK(10) /TIM1_CH1N(12) USART3_CTS(12) - 53 35 F8 27 PB14 I/O FT PB14 SPI2_MISO(10)/ TIM1_CH2N(12) / USART3_RTS(12) TIM15_CH1 54 36 F7 28 PB15 I/O FT PB15 SPI2_MOSI(10) / TIM1_CH3N / TIM15_CH1N(12) TIM15_CH2 55 - - - PD8 I/O FT PD8 - USART3_TX 56 - - - PD9 I/O FT PD9 - USART3_RX Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued) Pins Pin name Type(1) I/Olevel(2) Main function(3) (after reset) Alternate functions(3)(4) LQFP100 LQFP64 TFBGA64 LQFP48 Default Remap
  • 27. DocID16455 Rev 9 27/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description 95 57 - - - PD10 I/O FT PD10 - USART3_CK 58 - - - PD11 I/O FT PD11 - USART3_CT S 59 - - - PD12 I/O FT PD12 - TIM4_CH1 (11) / USART3_RT S 60 - - - PD13 I/O FT PD13 - TIM4_CH2(11 ) 61 - - - PD14 I/O FT PD14 - TIM4_CH3(11 ) 62 - - - PD15 I/O FT PD15 - TIM4_CH4(11 ) 63 37 F6 - PC6 I/O FT PC6 - TIM3_CH1 64 38 E7 - PC7 I/O FT PC7 - TIM3_CH2 65 39 E8 - PC8 I/O FT PC8 - TIM3_CH3 66 40 D8 - PC9 I/O FT PC9 - TIM3_CH4 67 41 D7 29 PA8 I/O FT PA8 USART1_CK / MCO / TIM1_CH1 - 68 42 C7 30 PA9 I/O FT PA9 USART1_TX(12) / TIM1_CH2 / TIM15_BKIN - 69 43 C6 31 PA10 I/O FT PA10 USART1_RX(12) / TIM1_CH3 / TIM17_BKIN - 70 44 C8 32 PA11 I/O FT PA11 USART1_CTS / TIM1_CH4 - 71 45 B8 33 PA12 I/O FT PA12 USART1_RTS / TIM1_ETR - 72 46 A8 34 PA13 I/O FT JTMS- SWDIO - PA13 73 - - - Not connected - 74 47 D5 35 VSS_2 S - VSS_2 - - 75 48 E5 36 VDD_2 S - VDD_2 - - 76 49 A7 37 PA14 I/O FT JTCK/SWCL K - PA14 77 50 A6 38 PA15 I/O FT JTDI - TIM2_CH1_ ETR/ PA15/ SPI1_NSS 78 51 B7 - PC10 I/O FT PC10 - USART3_TX Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued) Pins Pin name Type(1) I/Olevel(2) Main function(3) (after reset) Alternate functions(3)(4) LQFP100 LQFP64 TFBGA64 LQFP48 Default Remap
  • 28. Pinouts and pin description STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 28/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 79 52 B6 - PC11 I/O FT PC11 - USART3_RX 80 53 C5 - PC12 I/O FT PC12 - USART3_CK 81 - C1 - PD0 I/O FT PD0 - - 82 - D1 - PD1 I/O FT PD1 - - 83 54 B5 - PD2 I/O FT PD2 TIM3_ETR - 84 - - - PD3 I/O FT PD3 - USART2_CT S 85 - - - PD4 I/O FT PD4 - USART2_RT S 86 - - - PD5 I/O FT PD5 - USART2_TX 87 - - - PD6 I/O FT PD6 - USART2_RX 88 - - - PD7 I/O FT PD7 - USART2_CK 89 55 A5 39 PB3 I/O FT JTDO TIM2_CH2 / PB3 TRACESWO SPI1_SCK 90 56 A4 40 PB4 I/O FT NJTRST - PB4 / TIM3_CH1 SPI1_MISO 91 57 C4 41 PB5 I/O - PB5 I2C1_SMBA / TIM16_BKIN TIM3_CH2 / SPI1_MOSI 92 58 D3 42 PB6 I/O FT PB6 I2C1_SCL(12)/ TIM4_CH1(11)(12) TIM16_CH1N USART1_TX 93 59 C3 43 PB7 I/O FT PB7 I2C1_SDA(12) / TIM17_CH1N TIM4_CH2(11)(12) USART1_RX 94 60 B4 44 BOOT0 I - BOOT0 - - 95 61 B3 45 PB8 I/O FT PB8 TIM4_CH3(11)(12) / TIM16_CH1(12) / CEC(12) I2C1_SCL 96 62 A3 46 PB9 I/O FT PB9 TIM4_CH4(11)(12) / TIM17_CH1(12) I2C1_SDA 97 - - - PE0 I/O FT PE0 TIM4_ETR(11) - 98 - - - PE1 I/O FT PE1 - - 99 63 D4 47 VSS_3 S - VSS_3 - - 10 0 64 E4 48 VDD_3 S - VDD_3 - - Table 4. Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions (continued) Pins Pin name Type(1) I/Olevel(2) Main function(3) (after reset) Alternate functions(3)(4) LQFP100 LQFP64 TFBGA64 LQFP48 Default Remap
  • 29. DocID16455 Rev 9 29/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Pinouts and pin description 95 1. I = input, O = output, S = supply, HiZ= high impedance. 2. FT= 5 V tolerant. 3. Function availability depends on the chosen device. For devices having reduced peripheral counts, it is always the lower number of peripherals that is included. For example, if a device has only one SPI, two USARTs and two timers, they will be called SPI1, USART1 & USART2 and TIM2 & TIM 3, respectively. Refer to Table 2 on page 11. 4. If several peripherals share the same I/O pin, to avoid conflict between these alternate functions only one peripheral should be enabled at a time through the peripheral clock enable bit (in the corresponding RCC peripheral clock enable register). 5. PC13, PC14 and PC15 are supplied through the power switch and since the switch only sinks a limited amount of current (3 mA), the use of GPIOs PC13 to PC15 in output mode is restricted: the speed should not exceed 2 MHz with a maximum load of 30 pF and these IOs must not be used as a current source (e.g. to drive an LED). 6. Main function after the first backup domain power-up. Later on, it depends on the contents of the Backup registers even after reset (because these registers are not reset by the main reset). For details on how to manage these IOs, refer to the Battery backup domain and BKP register description sections in the STM32F10xxx reference manual, available from the STMicroelectronics website: www.st.com. 7. The pins number 2 and 3 in the VFQFPN36 package, 5 and 6 in the LQFP48 and LQFP64 packages and C1 and C2 in the TFBGA64 package are configured as OSC_IN/OSC_OUT after reset, however the functionality of PD0 and PD1 can be remapped by software on these pins. For more details, refer to the Alternate function I/O and debug configuration section in the STM32F10xxx reference manual. 8. Unlike in the LQFP64 package, there is no PC3 in the TFBGA64 package. The VREF+ functionality is provided instead. 9. I2C2 is not present on low-density value line devices. 10. SPI2 is not present on low-density value line devices. 11. TIM4 is not present on low-density value line devices. 12. This alternate function can be remapped by software to some other port pins (if available on the used package). For more details, refer to the Alternate function I/O and debug configuration section in the STM32F10xxx reference manual, available from the STMicroelectronics website: www.st.com.
  • 30. Memory mapping STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 30/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 4 Memory mapping The memory map is shown in Figure 7. Figure 7. Memory map
  • 31. DocID16455 Rev 9 31/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5 Electrical characteristics 5.1 Parameter conditions Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are referenced to VSS. 5.1.1 Minimum and maximum values Unless otherwise specified the minimum and maximum values are guaranteed in the worst conditions of ambient temperature, supply voltage and frequencies by tests in production on 100% of the devices with an ambient temperature at TA = 25 °C and TA = TAmax (given by the selected temperature range). Data based on characterization results, design simulation and/or technology characteristics are indicated in the table footnotes and are not tested in production. Based on characterization, the minimum and maximum values refer to sample tests and represent the mean value plus or minus three times the standard deviation (mean±3Σ). 5.1.2 Typical values Unless otherwise specified, typical data are based on TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V (for the 2 V ≤VDD ≤3.6 V voltage range). They are given only as design guidelines and are not tested. Typical ADC accuracy values are determined by characterization of a batch of samples from a standard diffusion lot over the full temperature range, where 95% of the devices have an error less than or equal to the value indicated (mean±2Σ). 5.1.3 Typical curves Unless otherwise specified, all typical curves are given only as design guidelines and are not tested. 5.1.4 Loading capacitor The loading conditions used for pin parameter measurement are shown in Figure 8. 5.1.5 Pin input voltage The input voltage measurement on a pin of the device is described in Figure 9.
  • 32. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 32/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.1.6 Power supply scheme Figure 10. Power supply scheme Caution: In Figure 10, the 4.7 µF capacitor must be connected to VDD3. Figure 8. Pin loading conditions Figure 9. Pin input voltage ai14123b C = 50 pF STM32F10xxx pin ai14124b STM32F10xxx pin VIN
  • 33. DocID16455 Rev 9 33/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.1.7 Current consumption measurement Figure 11. Current consumption measurement scheme 5.2 Absolute maximum ratings Stresses above the absolute maximum ratings listed in Table 5: Voltage characteristics, Table 6: Current characteristics, and Table 7: Thermal characteristics may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. ai14126 VBAT VDD VDDA IDD_VBAT IDD Table 5. Voltage characteristics Symbol Ratings Min Max Unit VDD −VSS External main supply voltage (including VDDA and VDD)(1) 1. All main power (VDD, VDDA) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external power supply, in the permitted range. –0.3 4.0 V VIN (2) 2. VIN maximum must always be respected. Refer to Table 6: Current characteristics for the maximum allowed injected current values. Input voltage on five volt tolerant pin VSS −0.3 VDD +4.0 Input voltage on any other pin VSS −0.3 4.0 |ΔVDDx| Variations between different VDD power pins - 50 mV |VSSX −VSS| Variations between all the different ground pins - 50 VESD(HBM) Electrostatic discharge voltage (human body model) see Section 5.3.11: Absolute maximum ratings (electrical sensitivity) -
  • 34. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 34/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3 Operating conditions 5.3.1 General operating conditions Table 6. Current characteristics Symbol Ratings Max. Unit IVDD Total current into VDD/VDDA power lines (source)(1) 1. All main power (VDD, VDDA) and ground (VSS, VSSA) pins must always be connected to the external power supply, in the permitted range. 150 mA IVSS Total current out of VSS ground lines (sink)(1) 150 IIO Output current sunk by any I/O and control pin 25 Output current source by any I/Os and control pin −25 IINJ(PIN) (2) 2. Negative injection disturbs the analog performance of the device. SeeNote: on page 70. Injected current on five volt tolerant pins(3) 3. Positive injection is not possible on these I/Os. A negative injection is induced by VIN<VSS. IINJ(PIN) must never be exceeded. Refer to Table 5: Voltage characteristics for the maximum allowed input voltage values. -5 / +0 Injected current on any other pin(4) 4. A positive injection is induced by VIN>VDD while a negative injection is induced by VIN<VSS. IINJ(PIN) must never be exceeded. Refer to Table 5: Voltage characteristics for the maximum allowed input voltage values. ± 5 ΣIINJ(PIN) Total injected current (sum of all I/O and control pins)(5) 5. When several inputs are submitted to a current injection, the maximum ΣIINJ(PIN) is the absolute sum of the positive and negative injected currents (instantaneous values). ± 25 Table 7. Thermal characteristics Symbol Ratings Value Unit TSTG Storage temperature range –65 to +150 °C TJ Maximum junction temperature 150 °C Table 8. General operating conditions Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit fHCLK Internal AHB clock frequency - 0 24 MHzfPCLK1 Internal APB1 clock frequency - 0 24 fPCLK2 Internal APB2 clock frequency - 0 24 VDD Standard operating voltage - 2 3.6 V VDDA (1) Analog operating voltage (ADC not used) Must be the same potential as VDD 2 3.6 V Analog operating voltage (ADC used) 2.4 3.6 VBAT Backup operating voltage - 1.8 3.6 V
  • 35. DocID16455 Rev 9 35/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Note: It is recommended to power VDD and VDDA from the same source. A maximum difference of 300 mV between VDD and VDDA can be tolerated during power-up and operation. 5.3.2 Operating conditions at power-up / power-down Subject to general operating conditions for TA. 5.3.3 Embedded reset and power control block characteristics The parameters given in Table 10 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. PD Power dissipation at TA = 85 °C for suffix 6 or TA = 105 °C for suffix 7(2) LQFP100 - 434 mW LQFP64 - 444 TFBGA64 - 308 LQFP48 - 363 TA Ambient temperature for 6 suffix version Maximum power dissipation –40 85 °C Low power dissipation(3) –40 105 Ambient temperature for 7 suffix version Maximum power dissipation –40 105 °C Low power dissipation(3) –40 125 TJ Junction temperature range 6 suffix version –40 105 °C 7 suffix version –40 125 1. When the ADC is used, refer to Table 42: ADC characteristics. 2. If TA is lower, higher PD values are allowed as long as TJ does not exceed TJmax (see Table 6.5: Thermal characteristics on page 89). 3. In low power dissipation state, TA can be extended to this range as long as TJ does not exceed TJmax (see Table 6.5: Thermal characteristics on page 89). Table 8. General operating conditions (continued) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit Table 9. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tVDD VDD rise time rate 0 ∞ µs/V VDD fall time rate 20 ∞
  • 36. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 36/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 . Table 10. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit VPVD Programmable voltage detector level selection PLS[2:0]=000 (rising edge) 2.1 2.18 2.26 V PLS[2:0]=000 (falling edge) 2 2.08 2.16 V PLS[2:0]=001 (rising edge) 2.19 2.28 2.37 V PLS[2:0]=001 (falling edge) 2.09 2.18 2.27 V PLS[2:0]=010 (rising edge) 2.28 2.38 2.48 V PLS[2:0]=010 (falling edge) 2.18 2.28 2.38 V PLS[2:0]=011 (rising edge) 2.38 2.48 2.58 V PLS[2:0]=011 (falling edge) 2.28 2.38 2.48 V PLS[2:0]=100 (rising edge) 2.47 2.58 2.69 V PLS[2:0]=100 (falling edge) 2.37 2.48 2.59 V PLS[2:0]=101 (rising edge) 2.57 2.68 2.79 V PLS[2:0]=101 (falling edge) 2.47 2.58 2.69 V PLS[2:0]=110 (rising edge) 2.66 2.78 2.9 V PLS[2:0]=110 (falling edge) 2.56 2.68 2.8 V PLS[2:0]=111 (rising edge) 2.76 2.88 3 V PLS[2:0]=111 (falling edge) 2.66 2.78 2.9 V VPVDhyst (2) PVD hysteresis - - 100 - mV VPOR/PDR Power on/power down reset threshold Falling edge 1.8(1) 1. The product behavior is guaranteed by design down to the minimum VPOR/PDR value. 1.88 1.96 V Rising edge 1.84 1.92 2.0 V VPDRhyst (2) PDR hysteresis - - 40 - mV tRSTTEMPO (2) 2. Guaranteed by design. Reset temporization - 1.5 2.5 4.5 ms
  • 37. DocID16455 Rev 9 37/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.3.4 Embedded reference voltage The parameters given in Table 11 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. 5.3.5 Supply current characteristics The current consumption is a function of several parameters and factors such as the operating voltage, ambient temperature, I/O pin loading, device software configuration, operating frequencies, I/O pin switching rate, program location in memory and executed binary code. The current consumption is measured as described in Figure 11: Current consumption measurement scheme. All Run-mode current consumption measurements given in this section are performed with a reduced code that gives a consumption equivalent to Dhrystone 2.1 code. Maximum current consumption The MCU is placed under the following conditions: • All I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load) • All peripherals are disabled except if it is explicitly mentioned • Prefetch in on (reminder: this bit must be set before clock setting and bus prescaling) • When the peripherals are enabled fPCLK1 = fHCLK/2, fPCLK2 = fHCLK The parameters given in Table 12 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Table 11. Embedded internal reference voltage Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit VREFINT Internal reference voltage –40 °C < TA < +105 °C 1.16 1.20 1.26 V –40 °C < TA < +85 °C 1.16 1.20 1.24 V TS_vrefint (1) 1. Shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations. ADC sampling time when reading the internal reference voltage - - 5.1 17.1(2) 2. Guaranteed by design. µs VRERINT (2) Internal reference voltage spread over the temperature range VDD = 3 V ±10 mV - - 10 mV TCoeff (2) Temperature coefficient - - - 100 ppm/°C
  • 38. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 38/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Table 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK Max(1) 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. Unit TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C IDD Supply current in Run mode External clock (2) , all peripherals enabled 2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz. 24 MHz 15.4 15.7 mA 16 MHz 11 11.5 8 MHz 6.7 6.9 External clock(2) , all peripherals disabled 24 MHz 10.3 10.5 16 MHz 7.8 8.1 8 MHz 5.1 5.3 Table 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from RAM Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK Max(1) 1. Guaranteed by characterization, tested in production at VDD max, fHCLK max. Unit TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C IDD Supply current in Run mode External clock (2), all peripherals enabled 2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz. 24 MHz 14.5 15 mA 16 MHz 10 10.5 8 MHz 6 6.3 External clock(2) all peripherals disabled 24MHz 9.3 9.7 16 MHz 6.8 7.2 8 MHz 4.4 4.7
  • 39. DocID16455 Rev 9 39/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 12. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals enabled Figure 13. Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals disabled Table 14. Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK Max(1) 1. Guaranteed by characterization, tested in production at VDD max and fHCLK max with peripherals enabled. Unit TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C IDD Supply current in Sleep mode External clock(2) all peripherals enabled 2. External clock is 8 MHz and PLL is on when fHCLK > 8 MHz. 24 MHz 9.6 10 mA 16 MHz 7.1 7.5 8 MHz 4.5 4.8 External clock(2) , all peripherals disabled 24 MHz 3.8 4 16 MHz 3.3 3.5 8 MHz 2.7 3
  • 40. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 40/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 14. Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on vs. temperature at different VBAT values Table 15. Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ(1) Max UnitVDD/ VBAT = 2.0 V VDD/ VBAT = 2.4 V VDD/ VBAT = 3.3 V TA = 85 °C TA = 105 °C IDD Supply current in Stop mode Regulator in Run mode, Low-speed and high-speed internal RC oscillators and high-speed oscillator OFF (no independent watchdog) - 23.5 24 190 350 µA Regulator in Low-Power mode, Low-speed and high-speed internal RC oscillators and high-speed oscillator OFF (no independent watchdog) - 13.5 14 170 330 Supply current in Standby mode Low-speed internal RC oscillator and independent watchdog ON - 2.6 3.4 - - Low-speed internal RC oscillator ON, independent watchdog OFF - 2.4 3.2 - - Low-speed internal RC oscillator and independent watchdog OFF, low-speed oscillator and RTC OFF - 1.7 2 4 5 IDD_VBAT Backup domain supply current Low-speed oscillator and RTC ON 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.9 2.2 1. Typical values are measured at TA = 25 °C. 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 -45°C 25°C 85°C 105°C 3.6 V 3.3 V 2.4 V 2 V ai15792Temperature (°C) IDD_VBAT(µA)
  • 41. DocID16455 Rev 9 41/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 15. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Run mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V Figure 16. Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
  • 42. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 42/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 17. Typical current consumption in Standby mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V Typical current consumption The MCU is placed under the following conditions: • All I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load) • All peripherals are disabled except if it is explicitly mentioned • When the peripherals are enabled fPCLK1 = fHCLK/4, fPCLK2 = fHCLK/2, fADCCLK = fPCLK2/4 The parameters given in Table 16 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8.
  • 43. DocID16455 Rev 9 43/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Table 16. Typical current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK Typical values(1) 1. Typical values are measures at TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V. Unit All peripherals enabled(2) 2. Add an additional power consumption of 0.8 mA for the ADC and of 0.5 mA for the DAC analog part. In applications, this consumption occurs only while the ADC is on (ADON bit is set in the ADC_CR2 register). All peripherals disabled IDD Supply current in Run mode Running on high-speed external clock with an 8 MHz crystal(3) 3. An 8 MHz crystal is used as the external clock source. The AHB prescaler is used to reduce the frequency when fHCLK < 8 MHz, the PLL is used when fHCLK > 8 MHz. 24 MHz 12.8 9.3 mA 16 MHz 9.3 6.6 8 MHz 5.1 3.9 4 MHz 3.2 2.5 2 MHz 2.1 1.75 1 MHz 1.55 1.4 500 kHz 1.3 1.2 125 kHz 1.1 1.05 Running on high-speed internal RC (HSI) 24 MHz 12.2 8.6 16 MHz 8.5 6 8 MHz 4.6 3.3 4 MHz 2.6 1.9 2 MHz 1.5 1.15 1 MHz 0.9 0.8 500 kHz 0.65 0.6 125 kHz 0.45 0.43
  • 44. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 44/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 On-chip peripheral current consumption The current consumption of the on-chip peripherals is given in Table 18. The MCU is placed under the following conditions: • all I/O pins are in input mode with a static value at VDD or VSS (no load) • all peripherals are disabled unless otherwise mentioned • the given value is calculated by measuring the current consumption – with all peripherals clocked off – with only one peripheral clocked on • ambient operating temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 5. Table 17. Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM Symbol Parameter Conditions fHCLK Typical values(1) 1. Typical values are measures at TA = 25 °C, VDD = 3.3 V. Unit Allperipherals enabled(2) 2. Add an additional power consumption of 0.8 mA for the ADC and of 0.5 mA for the DAC analog part. In applications, this consumption occurs only while the ADC is on (ADON bit is set in the ADC_CR2 register). All peripherals disabled IDD Supply current in Sleep mode Running on high-speed external clock with an 8 MHz crystal(3) 3. An 8 MHz crystal is used as the external clock source. The AHB prescaler is used to reduce the frequency when fHCLK > 8 MHz, the PLL is used when fHCLK > 8 MHz. 24 MHz 7.3 2.6 mA 16 MHz 5.2 2 8 MHz 2.8 1.3 4 MHz 2 1.1 2 MHz 1.5 1.1 1 MHz 1.25 1 500 kHz 1.1 1 125 kHz 1.05 0.95 Running on high-speed internal RC (HSI) 24 MHz 6.65 1.9 16 MHz 4.5 1.4 8 MHz 2.2 0.7 4 MHz 1.35 0.55 2 MHz 0.85 0.45 1 MHz 0.6 0.41 500 kHz 0.5 0.39 125 kHz 0.4 0.37
  • 45. DocID16455 Rev 9 45/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Table 18. Peripheral current consumption(1) 1. fHCLK = 24 MHz, fAPB1 = fHCLK, fAPB2 = fHCLK, default prescaler value for each peripheral. Peripheral Current consumption (µA/MHz) AHB (up to 24MHz) DMA1 22.92 CRC 2,08 BusMatrix(2) 2. The BusMatrix is automatically active when at least one master is ON. 4,17 APB1 (up to 24MHz) APB1-Bridge 2,92 TIM2 18,75 TIM3 17,92 TIM4 18,33 TIM6 5,00 TIM7 5,42 SPI2/I2S2 4,17 USART2 12,08 USART3 12,92 I2C1 10,83 I2C2 10,83 CEC 5,83 DAC(3) 3. When DAC_OUT1 or DAC_OU2 is enabled a current consumption equal to 0,5 mA must be added 8,33 WWDG 2,50 PWR 2,50 BKP 3,33 IWDG 7,50 APB2 (up to 24MHz) APB2-Bridge 3.75 GPIOA 6,67 GPIOB 6,25 GPIOC 7,08 GPIOD 6,67 GPIOE 6,25 SPI1 4,17 USART1 11,67 TIM1 22,92 TIM15 14,58 TIM16 11,67 TIM17 10.83 ADC1(4) 4. Specific conditions for ADC: fHCLK = 24 MHz, fAPB1 = fHCLK, fAPB2 = fHCLK, fADCCLK = fAPB2/2. When ADON bit in the ADC_CR2 register is set to 1, a current consumption equal to 0, 1mA must be added. 15.83
  • 46. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 46/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3.6 External clock source characteristics High-speed external user clock generated from an external source The characteristics given in Table 19 result from tests performed using an high-speed external clock source, and under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Figure 18. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram Table 19. High-speed external user clock characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit fHSE_ext User external clock source frequency(1) 1. Guaranteed by design. - 1 8 24 MHz VHSEH OSC_IN input pin high level voltage(1) 0.7VDD - VDD V VHSEL OSC_IN input pin low level voltage(1) VSS - 0.3VDD tw(HSEH) tw(HSEL) OSC_IN high or low time(1) 5 - - ns tr(HSE) tf(HSE) OSC_IN rise or fall time(1) - - 20 Cin(HSE) OSC_IN input capacitance(1) - - 5 - pF DuCy(HSE) Duty cycle(1) - 45 - 55 % IL OSC_IN Input leakage current VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD - - ±1 µA
  • 47. DocID16455 Rev 9 47/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Low-speed external user clock generated from an external source The characteristics given in Table 20 result from tests performed using an low-speed external clock source, and under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Figure 19. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram High-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator The high-speed external (HSE) clock can be supplied with a 4 to 24 MHz crystal/ceramic resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on characterization results obtained with typical external components specified in Table 21. In the application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy). Table 20. Low-speed external user clock characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit fLSE_ext User external clock source frequency(1) 1. Guaranteed by design. - - 32.768 1000 kHz VLSEH OSC32_IN input pin high level voltage(1) 0.7VDD - VDD V VLSEL OSC32_IN input pin low level voltage(1) VSS - 0.3VDD tw(LSEH) tw(LSEL) OSC32_IN high or low time(1) 450 - - ns tr(LSE) tf(LSE) OSC32_IN rise or fall time(1) - - 50 Cin(LSE) OSC32_IN input capacitance(1) - 5 - pF DuCy(LSE) Duty cycle(1) 30 - 70 % IL OSC32_IN Input leakage current VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD - - ±1 µA
  • 48. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 48/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 20. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal 1. REXT value depends on the crystal characteristics. Table 21. HSE 4-24 MHz oscillator characteristics(1)(2) 1. Resonator characteristics given by the crystal/ceramic resonator manufacturer. 2. Guaranteed by characterization results. Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit fOSC_IN Oscillator frequency - 4 8 24 MHz RF Feedback resistor - - 200 - kΩ CL1 CL2 (3) 3. It is recommended to use high-quality external ceramic capacitors in the 5 pF to 25 pF range (typ.), designed for high-frequency applications, and selected to match the requirements of the crystal or resonator. CL1 and CL2, are usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which is the series combination of CL1 and CL2. PCB and MCU pin capacitance must be included (10 pF can be used as a rough estimate of the combined pin and board capacitance) when sizing CL1 and CL2. Recommended load capacitance versus equivalent serial resistance of the crystal (RS)(4) 4. The relatively low value of the RF resistor offers a good protection against issues resulting from use in a humid environment, due to the induced leakage and the bias condition change. However, it is recommended to take this point into account if the MCU is used in tough humidity conditions. RS = 30 Ω - 30 - pF i2 HSE driving current VDD = 3.3 V VIN = VSS with 30 pF load - - 1 mA gm Oscillator transconductance Startup 25 - - mA/V tSU(HSE) (5) 5. tSU(HSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 8 MHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal resonator and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer Startup time VDD is stabilized - 2 - ms ai14128b OSC_OUT OSC_IN fHSE CL1 RF STM32F10xxx 8 MHz resonator Resonator with integrated capacitors Bias controlled gain REXT (1) CL2
  • 49. DocID16455 Rev 9 49/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Low-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator The low-speed external (LSE) clock can be supplied with a 32.768 kHz crystal/ceramic resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on characterization results obtained with typical external components specified in Table 22. In the application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy). Note: For CL1 and CL2 it is recommended to use high-quality ceramic capacitors in the 5 pF to 15 pF range selected to match the requirements of the crystal or resonator. CL1 and CL2, are usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which is the series combination of CL1 and CL2. Load capacitance CL has the following formula: CL = CL1 x CL2 / (CL1 + CL2) + Cstray where Cstray is the pin capacitance and board or trace PCB-related capacitance. Typically, it is between 2 pF and 7 pF. For further details, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com. Caution: To avoid exceeding the maximum value of CL1 and CL2 (15 pF) it is strongly recommended to use a resonator with a load capacitance CL ≤ 7 pF. Never use a resonator with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. Example: if you choose a resonator with a load capacitance of CL = 6 pF, and Cstray = 2 pF, then CL1 = CL2 = 8 pF. Table 22. LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz)(1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit RF Feedback resistor - - 5 - MΩ CL1 CL2 (2) Recommended load capacitance versus equivalent serial resistance of the crystal (RS)(3) RS = 30 KΩ - - 15 pF I2 LSE driving current VDD = 3.3 V VIN = VSS - - 1.4 µA gm Oscillator transconductance - 5 - - µA/V tSU(LSE) (4) Startup time VDD is stabilized TA = 50 °C - 1.5 - s TA = 25 °C - 2.5 - TA = 10 °C - 4 - TA = 0 °C - 6 - TA = -10 °C - 10 - TA = -20 °C - 17 - TA = -30 °C - 32 - TA = -40 °C - 60 - 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. 2. Refer to the note and caution paragraphs above the table. 3. The oscillator selection can be optimized in terms of supply current using an high quality resonator with small RS value for example MSIV-TIN32.768 kHz. Refer to crystal manufacturer for more details 4. tSU(LSE) is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 32.768 kHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer
  • 50. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 50/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 21. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal 5.3.7 Internal clock source characteristics The parameters given in Table 23 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. High-speed internal (HSI) RC oscillator ai14129b OSC32_OUT OSC32_IN fLSE CL1 RF STM32F10xxx 32.768 KHz resonator Resonator with integrated capacitors Bias controlled gain CL2 Table 23. HSI oscillator characteristics(1) 1. VDD = 3.3 V, TA = –40 to 105 °C °C unless otherwise specified. Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit fHSI Frequency - - 8 - MHz DuCy(HSI) Duty cycle - 45 - 55 % ACCHSI Accuracy of HSI oscillator TA = –40 to 105 °C(2) 2. Guaranteed by characterization results. -2.4 - 2.5 % TA = –10 to 85 °C(2) -2.2 - 1.3 % TA = 0 to 70 °C(2) -1.9 - 1.3 % TA = 25 °C -1 - 1 % tsu(HSI) (3) 3. Guaranteed by design. Not tested in production HSI oscillator startup time - 1 - 2 µs IDD(HSI) (3) HSI oscillator power consumption - - 80 100 µA
  • 51. DocID16455 Rev 9 51/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Low-speed internal (LSI) RC oscillator Wakeup time from low-power mode The wakeup times given in Table 25 are measured on a wakeup phase with an 8-MHz HSI RC oscillator. The clock source used to wake up the device depends from the current operating mode: • Stop or Standby mode: the clock source is the RC oscillator • Sleep mode: the clock source is the clock that was set before entering Sleep mode. All timings are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Table 24. LSI oscillator characteristics (1) 1. VDD = 3 V, TA = –40 to 105 °C °C unless otherwise specified. Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit fLSI Frequency 30 40 60 kHz ΔfLSI(T) Temperature-related frequency drift(2) 2. Guaranteed by characterization results. -9 - 9 % tsu(LSI) (3) 3. Guaranteed by design. LSI oscillator startup time - - 85 µs IDD(LSI) (3) LSI oscillator power consumption - 0.65 1.2 µA Table 25. Low-power mode wakeup timings Symbol Parameter Typ Unit tWUSLEEP (1) 1. The wakeup times are measured from the wakeup event to the point at which the user application code reads the first instruction. Wakeup from Sleep mode 1.8 µs tWUSTOP (1) Wakeup from Stop mode (regulator in run mode) 3.6 µs Wakeup from Stop mode (regulator in low-power mode) 5.4 tWUSTDBY (1) Wakeup from Standby mode 50 µs
  • 52. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 52/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3.8 PLL characteristics The parameters given in Table 26 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Table 26. PLL characteristics Symbol Parameter Value Unit Min(1) Typ Max(1) 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. fPLL_IN PLL input clock(2) 2. Take care of using the appropriate multiplier factors so as to have PLL input clock values compatible with the range defined by fPLL_OUT. 1 8.0 24 MHz PLL input clock duty cycle 40 - 60 % fPLL_OUT PLL multiplier output clock 16 - 24 MHz tLOCK PLL lock time - - 200 µs Jitter Cycle-to-cycle jitter - - 300 ps
  • 53. DocID16455 Rev 9 53/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.3.9 Memory characteristics Flash memory The characteristics are given at TA = –40 to 105 °C unless otherwise specified. Table 27. Flash memory characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min(1) 1. Guaranteed by design. Typ Max(1) Unit tprog 16-bit programming time TA = –40 to +105 °C 40 52.5 70 µs tERASE Page (1 KB) erase time TA = –40 to +105 °C 20 - 40 ms tME Mass erase time TA = –40 to +105 °C 20 - 40 ms IDD Supply current Read mode fHCLK = 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V - - 20 mA Write / Erase modes fHCLK = 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V - - 5 mA Power-down mode / Halt, VDD = 3.0 to 3.6 V - - 50 µA Vprog Programming voltage - 2 - 3.6 V Table 28. Flash memory endurance and data retention Symbol Parameter Conditions Value Unit Min(1) 1. Based on characterization not tested in production. Typ Max NEND Endurance TA = –40 to +85 °C (6 suffix versions) TA = –40 to +105 °C (7 suffix versions) 10 - - kcycles tRET Data retention 1 kcycle(2) at TA = 85 °C 2. Cycling performed over the whole temperature range. 30 - - Years1 kcycle(2) at TA = 105 °C 10 - - 10 kcycles(2) at TA = 55 °C 20 - -
  • 54. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 54/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3.10 EMC characteristics Susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization. Functional EMS (Electromagnetic susceptibility) While a simple application is executed on the device (toggling 2 LEDs through I/O ports). the device is stressed by two electromagnetic events until a failure occurs. The failure is indicated by the LEDs: • Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (positive and negative) is applied to all device pins until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-2 standard. • FTB: A Burst of Fast Transient voltage (positive and negative) is applied to VDD and VSS through a 100 pF capacitor, until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-4 standard. A device reset allows normal operations to be resumed. The test results are given in Table 29. They are based on the EMS levels and classes defined in application note AN1709. Designing hardened software to avoid noise problems EMC characterization and optimization are performed at component level with a typical application environment and simplified MCU software. It should be noted that good EMC performance is highly dependent on the user application and the software in particular. Therefore it is recommended that the user applies EMC software optimization and pre qualification tests in relation with the EMC level requested for his application. Software recommendations The software flowchart must include the management of runaway conditions such as: • Corrupted program counter • Unexpected reset • Critical Data corruption (control registers...) Prequalification trials Most of the common failures (unexpected reset and program counter corruption) can be reproduced by manually forcing a low state on the NRST pin or the Oscillator pins for 1 second. To complete these trials, ESD stress can be applied directly on the device, over the range of specification values. When unexpected behavior is detected, the software can be hardened to prevent unrecoverable errors occurring (see application note AN1015). Table 29. EMS characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Level/Class VFESD Voltage limits to be applied on any I/O pin to induce a functional disturbance VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C, fHCLK = 24 MHz, LQFP100 package, conforms to IEC 61000-4-2 2B VEFTB Fast transient voltage burst limits to be applied through 100 pF on VDD and VSS pins to induce a functional disturbance VDD = 3.3 V, TA = +25 °C, fHCLK = 24 MHz, LQFP100 package, conforms to IEC 61000-4-4 4A
  • 55. DocID16455 Rev 9 55/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) The electromagnetic field emitted by the device is monitored while a simple application is executed (toggling 2 LEDs through the I/O ports). This emission test is compliant with IEC 61967-2 standard which specifies the test board and the pin loading. 5.3.11 Absolute maximum ratings (electrical sensitivity) Based on three different tests (ESD, LU) using specific measurement methods, the device is stressed in order to determine its performance in terms of electrical sensitivity. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Electrostatic discharges (a positive then a negative pulse separated by 1 second) are applied to the pins of each sample according to each pin combination. The sample size depends on the number of supply pins in the device (3 parts × (n+1) supply pins). This test conforms to the JESD22-A114/C101 standard. Static latch-up Two complementary static tests are required on six parts to assess the latch-up performance: • A supply overvoltage is applied to each power supply pin • A current injection is applied to each input, output and configurable I/O pin These tests are compliant with EIA/JESD78 IC latch-up standard. Table 30. EMI characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Monitored frequency band Max vs. [fHSE/fHCLK] Unit 8/24 MHz SEMI Peak level VDD = 3.6 V, TA = 25°C, LQFP100 package compliant with SAE J1752/3 0.1 MHz to 30 MHz 9 dBµV30 MHz to 130 MHz 16 130 MHz to 1GHz 19 SAE EMI Level 4 - Table 31. ESD absolute maximum ratings Symbol Ratings Conditions Class Maximum value(1) 1. Based on characterization results, not tested in production. Unit VESD(HBM) Electrostatic discharge voltage (human body model) TA = +25 °C conforming to JESD22-A114 2 2000 V VESD(CDM) Electrostatic discharge voltage (charge device model) TA = +25 °C conforming to JESD22-C101 III 500 Table 32. Electrical sensitivities Symbol Parameter Conditions Class LU Static latch-up class TA = +105 °C conforming to JESD78 II level A
  • 56. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 56/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3.12 I/O current injection characteristics As a general rule, current injection to the I/O pins, due to external voltage below VSS or above VDD (for standard, 3 V-capable I/O pins) should be avoided during normal product operation. However, in order to give an indication of the robustness of the microcontroller in cases when abnormal injection accidentally happens, susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization. Functional susceptibilty to I/O current injection While a simple application is executed on the device, the device is stressed by injecting current into the I/O pins programmed in floating input mode. While current is injected into the I/O pin, one at a time, the device is checked for functional failures. The failure is indicated by an out of range parameter: ADC error above a certain limit (>5 LSB TUE), out of spec current injection on adjacent pins or other functional failure (for example reset, oscillator frequency deviation). The test results are given in Table 33 Table 33. I/O current injection susceptibility Symbol Description Functional susceptibility Unit Negative injection Positive injection IINJ Injected current on OSC_IN32, OSC_OUT32, PA4, PA5, PC13 -0 +0 mA Injected current on all FT pins -5 +0 Injected current on any other pin -5 +5
  • 57. DocID16455 Rev 9 57/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.3.13 I/O port characteristics General input/output characteristics Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 34 are derived from tests performed under the conditions summarized in Table 8. All I/Os are CMOS and TTL compliant. All I/Os are CMOS and TTL compliant (no software configuration required). Their characteristics cover more than the strict CMOS-technology or TTL parameters. The coverage of these requirements is shown in Figure 22 and Figure 23 for standard I/Os, and in Figure 24 and Figure 25 for 5 V tolerant I/Os. Table 34. I/O static characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit VIL Standard I/O input low level voltage - –0.3 - 0.28*(VDD–2 V)+0.8 V V I/O FT(1) input low level voltage –0.3 - 0.32*(VDD–2 V)+0.75 V VIH Standard I/O input high level voltage 0.41*(VDD–2 V) +1.3 V - VDD+0.3 I/O FT(1) input high level voltage VDD > 2 V 0.42*(VDD–2)+1 V - 5.5 VDD ≤2 V 5.2 Vhys Standard I/O Schmitt trigger voltage hysteresis(2) - 200 - - mV I/O FT Schmitt trigger voltage hysteresis(2) 5% VDD (3) - - mV Ilkg Input leakage current(4) VSS ≤VIN ≤VDD Standard I/Os - - ±1 µA VIN = 5 V I/O FT - - 3 RPU Weak pull-up equivalent resistor(5) VIN = VSS 30 40 50 kΩ RPD Weak pull-down equivalent resistor(5) VIN = VDD 30 40 50 kΩ CIO I/O pin capacitance - - 5 - pF 1. FT = 5V tolerant. To sustain a voltage higher than VDD+0.3 the internal pull-up/pull-down resistors must be disabled. 2. Hysteresis voltage between Schmitt trigger switching levels. Guaranteed by design. 3. With a minimum of 100 mV. 4. Leakage could be higher than max. if negative current is injected on adjacent pins. 5. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS/NMOS. This PMOS/NMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimum (~10% order).
  • 58. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 58/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 22. Standard I/O input characteristics - CMOS port Figure 23. Standard I/O input characteristics - TTL port
  • 59. DocID16455 Rev 9 59/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 24. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - CMOS port Figure 25. 5 V tolerant I/O input characteristics - TTL port Output driving current The GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) can sink or source up to ±8 mA, and sink or source up to ±20 mA (with a relaxed VOL/VOH). In the user application, the number of I/O pins which can drive current must be limited to respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Section 5.2: • The sum of the currents sourced by all the I/Os on VDD, plus the maximum Run consumption of the MCU sourced on VDD, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating IVDD (see Table 6). • The sum of the currents sunk by all the I/Os on VSS plus the maximum Run consumption of the MCU sunk on VSS cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating IVSS (see Table 6).
  • 60. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 60/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Output voltage levels Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 35 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. All I/Os are CMOS and TTL compliant. Table 35. Output voltage characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit VOL (1) 1. The IIO current sunk by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Table 6 and the sum of IIO (I/O ports and control pins) must not exceed IVSS. Output Low level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sunk at the same time CMOS port(2) IIO = +8 mA, 2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V 2. TTL and CMOS outputs are compatible with JEDEC standards JESD36 and JESD52. - 0.4 V VOH (3) 3. The IIO current sourced by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in Table 6 and the sum of IIO (I/O ports and control pins) must not exceed IVDD. Output High level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sourced at the same time VDD–0.4 - VOL (1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sunk at the same time TTL port(2) IIO = +8 mA 2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V - 0.4 V VOH (3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sourced at the same time 2.4 - VOL (1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sunk at the same time IIO = +20 mA(4) 2.7 V < VDD < 3.6 V 4. Based on characterization data, not tested in production. - 1.3 V VOH (3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sourced at the same time VDD–1.3 - VOL (1) Output low level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sunk at the same time IIO = +6 mA(4) 2 V < VDD < 2.7 V - 0.4 V VOH (3) Output high level voltage for an I/O pin when 8 pins are sourced at the same time VDD–0.4 -
  • 61. DocID16455 Rev 9 61/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Input/output AC characteristics The definition and values of input/output AC characteristics are given in Figure 26 and Table 36, respectively. Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 36 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Table 36. I/O AC characteristics(1) 1. The I/O speed is configured using the MODEx[1:0] bits. Refer to the STM32F10xxx reference manual for a description of GPIO Port configuration register. MODEx [1:0] bit value(1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Max Unit 10 fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2) 2. The maximum frequency is defined in Figure 26. CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 2(3) MHz tf(IO)out Output high to low level fall time CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 125(3) 3. Guaranteed by design. ns tr(IO)out Output low to high level rise time 125(3) 01 fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2) CL= 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 10(3) MHz tf(IO)out Output high to low level fall time CL= 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 25(3) ns tr(IO)out Output low to high level rise time 25(3) 11 fmax(IO)out Maximum frequency(2) CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 3.6 V 24 MHz tf(IO)out Output high to low level fall time CL = 30 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 5(3) ns CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 8(3) CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 2.7 V 12(3) tr(IO)out Output low to high level rise time CL = 30 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 5(3) CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2.7 V to 3.6 V 8(3) CL = 50 pF, VDD = 2 V to 2.7 V 12(3) - tEXTIpw Pulse width of external signals detected by the EXTI controller - 10(3) ns
  • 62. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 62/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 26. I/O AC characteristics definition 5.3.14 NRST pin characteristics The NRST pin input driver uses CMOS technology. It is connected to a permanent pull-up resistor, RPU (see Table 34). Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 37 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Table 37. NRST pin characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit VIL(NRST) (1) 1. Guaranteed by design. NRST Input low level voltage - –0.5 - 0.8 V VIH(NRST) (1) NRST Input high level voltage - 2 - VDD+0.5 Vhys(NRST) NRST Schmitt trigger voltage hysteresis - - 200 - mV RPU Weak pull-up equivalent resistor(2) 2. The pull-up is designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS. This PMOS contribution to the series resistance must be minimum (~10% order). VIN = VSS 30 40 50 kΩ VF(NRST) (1) NRST Input filtered pulse - - - 100 ns VNF(NRST) (1) NRST Input not filtered pulse - 300 - - ns
  • 63. DocID16455 Rev 9 63/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 27. Recommended NRST pin protection 1. The reset network protects the device against parasitic resets. 2. The user must ensure that the level on the NRST pin can go below the VIL(NRST) max level specified in Table 37. Otherwise the reset will not be taken into account by the device. 5.3.15 TIMx characteristics The parameters given in Table 38 are guaranteed by design. Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (output compare, input capture, external clock, PWM output). Table 38. TIMx characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions(1) 1. TIMx is used as a general term to refer to the TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 timers. Min Max Unit tres(TIM) Timer resolution time - 1 - tTIMxCLK fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz 41.7 - ns fEXT Timer external clock frequency on CHx(2) 2. CHx is used as a general term to refer to CH1 to CH4 for TIM1, TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4, to the CH1 to CH2 for TIM15, and to CH1 for TIM16 and TIM17. 0 fTIMxCLK/2 MHz fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz 0 12 MHz ResTIM Timer resolution - - 16 bit tCOUNTER 16-bit counter clock period when the internal clock is selected - 1 65536 tTIMxCLK fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz - 2730 µs tMAX_COUNT Maximum possible count - - 65536 × 65536 tTIMxCLK fTIMxCLK = 24 MHz - 178 s
  • 64. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 64/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 5.3.16 Communications interfaces I2C interface characteristics Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 39 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLK1 frequency and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. The STM32F100xx value line I2C interface meets the requirements of the standard I2C communication protocol with the following restrictions: the I/O pins SDA and SCL are mapped to are not “true” open-drain. When configured as open-drain, the PMOS connected between the I/O pin and VDD is disabled, but is still present. The I2C characteristics are described in Table 39. Refer also to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (SDA and SCL). Table 39. I2C characteristics Symbol Parameter Standard mode I2 C(1) 1. Guaranteed by design. Fast mode I2 C(1)(2) 2. fPCLK1 must be at least 2 MHz to achieve standard mode I2C frequencies. It must be at least 4 MHz to achieve fast mode I2C frequencies. It must be a multiple of 10 MHz to reach the 400 kHz maximum I2C fast mode clock. Unit Min Max Min Max tw(SCLL) SCL clock low time 4.7 - 1.3 - µs tw(SCLH) SCL clock high time 4.0 - 0.6 - tsu(SDA) SDA setup time 250 - 100 - ns th(SDA) SDA data hold time 0 - 0 900(3) 3. The maximum Data hold time has only to be met if the interface does not stretch the low period of SCL signal. tr(SDA) tr(SCL) SDA and SCL rise time - 1000 - 300 tf(SDA) tf(SCL) SDA and SCL fall time - 300 - 300 th(STA) Start condition hold time 4.0 - 0.6 - µs tsu(STA) Repeated Start condition setup time 4.7 - 0.6 - tsu(STO) Stop condition setup time 4.0 - 0.6 - µs tw(STO:STA) Stop to Start condition time (bus free) 4.7 - 1.3 - µs Cb Capacitive load for each bus line - 400 - 400 pF
  • 65. DocID16455 Rev 9 65/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 28. I2 C bus AC waveforms and measurement circuit(1) 1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD. Table 40. SCL frequency (fPCLK1= 24 MHz, VDD = 3.3 V)(1)(2) 1. RP = External pull-up resistance, fSCL = I2 C speed, 2. For speeds around 400 kHz, the tolerance on the achieved speed is of ±2%. For other speed ranges, the tolerance on the achieved speed ±1%. These variations depend on the accuracy of the external components used to design the application. fSCL (kHz)(3) 3. Guaranteed by design. I2C_CCR value RP = 4.7 kΩ 400 0x8011 300 0x8016 200 0x8021 100 0x0064 50 0x00C8 20 0x01F4
  • 66. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 66/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 SPI interface characteristics Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 41 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (NSS, SCK, MOSI, MISO). Table 41. SPI characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit fSCK 1/tc(SCK) SPI clock frequency Master mode - 12 MHz Slave mode - 12 tr(SCK) tf(SCK) SPI clock rise and fall time Capacitive load: C = 30 pF 8 ns DuCy(SCK) SPI slave input clock duty cycle Slave mode 30 70 % tsu(NSS) (1) 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. NSS setup time Slave mode 4tPCLK - ns th(NSS) (1) NSS hold time Slave mode 2tPCLK - tw(SCKH) (1) tw(SCKL) (1) SCK high and low time Master mode, fPCLK = 24 MHz, presc = 4 50 60 tsu(MI) (1) tsu(SI) (1) Data input setup time Master mode 5 - Slave mode 5 - th(MI) (1) Data input hold time Master mode 5 - th(SI) (1) Slave mode 4 - ta(SO) (1)(2) 2. Min time is for the minimum time to drive the output and the max time is for the maximum time to validate the data. Data output access time Slave mode, fPCLK = 24 MHz 0 3tPCLK tdis(SO) (1)(3) 3. Min time is for the minimum time to invalidate the output and the max time is for the maximum time to put the data in Hi-Z Data output disable time Slave mode 2 10 tv(SO) (1) Data output valid time Slave mode (after enable edge) - 25 tv(MO) (1) Data output valid time Master mode (after enable edge) - 5 th(SO) (1) Data output hold time Slave mode (after enable edge) 15 - th(MO) (1) Master mode (after enable edge) 2 -
  • 67. DocID16455 Rev 9 67/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 29. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0 Figure 30. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1(1) 1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD. ai14134c SCKInput CPHA=0 MOSI INPUT MISO OUT PUT CPHA=0 MSB O UT M SB IN BIT6 OUT LSB IN LSB OUT CPOL=0 CPOL=1 BIT1 IN NSS input tSU(NSS) tc(SCK) th(NSS) ta(SO) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL) tv(SO) th(SO) tr(SCK) tf(SCK) tdis(SO) tsu(SI) th(SI)
  • 68. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 68/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 31. SPI timing diagram - master mode(1) 1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3VDD and 0.7VDD. HDMI consumer electronics control (CEC) Refer to Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics. 5.3.17 12-bit ADC characteristics Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 42 are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLK2 frequency and VDDA supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 8. Note: It is recommended to perform a calibration after each power-up. ai14136 SCKInput CPHA=0 MOSI OUTUT MISO INPUT CPHA=0 MSBIN M SB OUT BIT6 IN LSB OUT LSB IN CPOL=0 CPOL=1 BIT1 OUT NSS input tc(SCK) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL) tr(SCK) tf(SCK) th(MI) High SCKInput CPHA=1 CPHA=1 CPOL=0 CPOL=1 tsu(MI) tv(MO) th(MO)
  • 69. RAIN TS fADC CADC 2 N 2+ ( )ln×× ---------------------------------------------------------------- RADC–< DocID16455 Rev 9 69/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Equation 1: RAIN max formula: The above formula (Equation 1) is used to determine the maximum external impedance allowed for an error below 1/4 of LSB. Here N = 12 (from 12-bit resolution). Table 42. ADC characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit VDDA Power supply - 2.4 - 3.6 V VREF+ Positive reference voltage - 2.4 - VDDA V IVREF Current on the VREF input pin - - 160(1) 220(1) µA fADC ADC clock frequency - 0.6 - 12 MHz fS (2) Sampling rate - 0.05 - 1 MHz fTRIG (2) External trigger frequency fADC = 12 MHz - - 705 kHz - - - 17 1/fADC VAIN (3) Conversion voltage range - 0 (VSSA tied to ground) - VREF+ V RAIN (2) External input impedance See Equation 1 and Table 43 for details - - 50 κΩ RADC (2) Sampling switch resistance - - - 1 κΩ CADC (2) Internal sample and hold capacitor - - - 8 pF tCAL (2) Calibration time fADC = 12 MHz 6.9 µs - 83 1/fADC tlat (2) Injection trigger conversion latency fADC = 12 MHz - - 0.25 µs - - - 3(4) 1/fADC tlatr (2) Regular trigger conversion latency fADC = 12 MHz - - 0.166 µs - - - 2(4) 1/fADC tS (2) Sampling time fADC = 12 MHz 0.125 - 20.0 µs 1.5 - 239.5 1/fADC tSTAB (2) Power-up time - 0 0 1 µs tCONV (2) Total conversion time (including sampling time) fADC = 12 MHz 1.17 - 21 µs - 14 to 252 (tS for sampling +12.5 for successive approximation) 1/fADC 1. Based on characterization results, not tested in production. 2. Guaranteed by design. 3. VREF+ can be internally connected to VDDA and VREF- can be internally connected to VSSA, depending on the package. Refer to Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions and Figure 6 for further details. 4. For external triggers, a delay of 1/fPCLK2 must be added to the latency specified in Table 42.
  • 70. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 70/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Note: ADC accuracy vs. negative injection current: Injecting a negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative currents. Any positive injection current within the limits specified for IINJ(PIN) and ΣIINJ(PIN) in Section 5.3.12 does not affect the ADC accuracy. Table 43. RAIN max for fADC = 12 MHz(1) 1. Guaranteed by design. Ts (cycles) tS (µs) RAIN max (kΩ) 1.5 0.125 0.4 7.5 0.625 5.9 13.5 1.125 11.4 28.5 2.375 25.2 41.5 3.45 37.2 55.5 4.625 50 71.5 5.96 NA 239.5 20 NA Table 44. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions(1)(2) 1. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration. 2. Guaranteed by characterization results. Symbol Parameter Test conditions Typ Max Unit ET Total unadjusted error fPCLK2 = 24 MHz, fADC = 12 MHz, RAIN < 10 kΩ, VDDA = 3 V to 3.6 V VREF+ = VDDA TA = 25 °C Measurements made after ADC calibration ±1.3 ±2.2 LSB EO Offset error ±1 ±1.5 EG Gain error ±0.5 ±1.5 ED Differential linearity error ±0.7 ±1 EL Integral linearity error ±0.8 ±1.5 Table 45. ADC accuracy(1) (2) (3) 1. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration. 2. Better performance could be achieved in restricted VDD, frequency, VREF and temperature ranges. 3. Guaranteed by characterization results. Symbol Parameter Test conditions Typ Max Unit ET Total unadjusted error fPCLK2 = 24 MHz, fADC = 12 MHz, RAIN < 10 kΩ, VDDA = 2.4 V to 3.6 V TA = Full operating range Measurements made after ADC calibration ±2 ±5 LSB EO Offset error ±1.5 ±2.5 EG Gain error ±1.5 ±3 ED Differential linearity error ±1 ±2 EL Integral linearity error ±1.5 ±3
  • 71. DocID16455 Rev 9 71/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 Figure 32. ADC accuracy characteristics Figure 33. Typical connection diagram using the ADC 1. Refer to Table 42 for the values of RAIN, RADC and CADC. 2. Cparasitic represents the capacitance of the PCB (dependent on soldering and PCB layout quality) plus the pad capacitance (roughly 7 pF). A high Cparasitic value will downgrade conversion accuracy. To remedy this, fADC should be reduced. General PCB design guidelines Power supply decoupling should be performed as shown in Figure 34 or Figure 35, depending on whether VREF+ is connected to VDDA or not. The 10 nF capacitors should be ceramic (good quality). They should be placed them as close as possible to the chip. EO EG 1 LSBIDEAL (1) Example of an actual transfer curve (2) The ideal transfer curve (3) End point correlation line ET=Total Unadjusted Error: maximum deviation between the actual and the ideal transfer curves. EO=Offset Error: deviation between the first actual transition and the first ideal one. EG=Gain Error: deviation between the last ideal transition and the last actual one. ED=Differential Linearity Error: maximum deviation between actual steps and the ideal one. EL=Integral Linearity Error: maximum deviation between any actual transition and the end point correlation line. 4095 4094 4093 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4093 4094 4095 4096 (1) (2) ET ED EL (3) VDDAVSSA ai14395b VREF+ 4096 (or depending on package)] VDDA 4096 [1LSBIDEAL = ai14139d STM32F10xxxVDD AINx IL±1 µA 0.6 V VT RAIN (1) Cparasitic VAIN 0.6 V VT RADC (1) CADC(1) 12-bit converter Sample and hold ADC converter
  • 72. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 72/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 34. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ not connected to VDDA) 1. VREF+ is available on 100-pin packages and on TFBGA64 packages. VREF- is available on 100-pin packages only. Figure 35. Power supply and reference decoupling (VREF+ connected to VDDA) 1. VREF+ and VREF- inputs are available only on 100-pin packages. VREF+ STM32F10xxx VDDA VSSA/V REF- 1 µF // 10 nF 1 µF // 10 nF ai14380b VREF+/VDDA STM32F10xxx 1 µF // 10 nF VREF–/VSSA ai14381b
  • 73. DocID16455 Rev 9 73/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.3.18 DAC electrical specifications Table 46. DAC characteristics Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max(1) Unit Comments VDDA Analog supply voltage 2.4 - 3.6 V - VREF+ Reference supply voltage 2.4 - 3.6 V VREF+ must always be below VDDA VSSA Ground 0 - 0 V - RLOAD (2) Resistive load with buffer ON 5 - - kΩ - RO (1) Impedance output with buffer OFF - - 15 kΩ When the buffer is OFF, the Minimum resistive load between DAC_OUT and VSS to have a 1% accuracy is 1.5 MΩ CLOAD (1) Capacitive load - - 50 pF Maximum capacitive load at DAC_OUT pin (when the buffer is ON). DAC_OUT min(1) Lower DAC_OUT voltage with buffer ON 0.2 - - V It gives the maximum output excursion of the DAC. It corresponds to 12-bit input code (0x0E0) to (0xF1C) at VREF+ = 3.6 V and (0x155) and (0xEAB) at VREF+ = 2.4 V DAC_OUT max(1) Higher DAC_OUT voltage with buffer ON - - VDDA – 0.2 V DAC_OUT min(1) Lower DAC_OUT voltage with buffer OFF - 0.5 - mV It gives the maximum output excursion of the DAC.DAC_OUT max(1) Higher DAC_OUT voltage with buffer OFF - - VREF+ – 1LSB V IDDVREF+ DAC DC current consumption in quiescent mode (Standby mode) - - 220 µA With no load, worst code (0xF1C) at VREF+ = 3.6 V in terms of DC consumption on the inputs IDDA DAC DC current consumption in quiescent mode (Standby mode) - - 380 µA With no load, middle code (0x800) on the inputs - - 480 µA With no load, worst code (0xF1C) at VREF+ = 3.6 V in terms of DC consumption on the inputs DNL(1) Differential non linearity Difference between two consecutive code-1LSB) - - ±0.5 LSB Given for the DAC in 10-bit configuration - - ±2 LSB Given for the DAC in 12-bit configuration INL(1) Integral non linearity (difference between measured value at Code i and the value at Code i on a line drawn between Code 0 and last Code 1023) - - ±1 LSB Given for the DAC in 10-bit configuration - - ±4 LSB Given for the DAC in 12-bit configuration
  • 74. Electrical characteristics STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 74/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 36. 12-bit buffered /non-buffered DAC 1. The DAC integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output impedance and to drive external loads directly without the use of an external operational amplifier. The buffer can be bypassed by configuring the BOFFx bit in the DAC_CR register. Offset(1) Offset error (difference between measured value at Code (0x800) and the ideal value = VREF+/2) - - ±10 mV Given for the DAC in 12-bit configuration - - ±3 LSB Given for the DAC in 10-bit at VREF+ = 3.6 V - - ±12 LSB Given for the DAC in 12-bit at VREF+ = 3.6 V Gain error(1) Gain error - - ±0.5 % Given for the DAC in 12bit configuration tSETTLING (1) Settling time (full scale: for a 10- bit input code transition between the lowest and the highest input codes when DAC_OUT reaches final value ±1LSB - 3 4 µs CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ Update rate(1) Max frequency for a correct DAC_OUT change when small variation in the input code (from code i to i+1LSB) - - 1 MS/s CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ tWAKEUP (1) Wakeup time from off state (Setting the ENx bit in the DAC Control register) - 6.5 10 µs CLOAD ≤ 50 pF, RLOAD ≥ 5 kΩ input code between lowest and highest possible ones. PSRR+ (1) Power supply rejection ratio (to VDDA) (static DC measurement - –67 –40 dB No RLOAD, CLOAD = 50 pF 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. 2. Guaranteed by design. Table 46. DAC characteristics (continued) Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max(1) Unit Comments R L C L Buffered/Non-buffered DAC DAC_OUTx Buffer(1) 12-bit digital to analog converter ai17157V2
  • 75. DocID16455 Rev 9 75/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Electrical characteristics 95 5.3.19 Temperature sensor characteristics Table 47. TS characteristics Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit TL (1) VSENSE linearity with temperature - ±1 ±2 °C Avg_Slope(1) Average slope 4.0 4.3 4.6 mV/°C V25 (1) Voltage at 25°C 1.32 1.41 1.50 V tSTART (2) Startup time 4 - 10 µs TS_temp (3)(2) ADC sampling time when reading the temperature - - 17.1 µs 1. Guaranteed by characterization results. 2. Guaranteed by design. 3. Shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations.
  • 76. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 76/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 6 Package information In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of ECOPACK® packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK® specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com. ECOPACK® is an ST trademark. 6.1 LQFP100 package information Figure 37. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package outline 1. Drawing is not to scale. Dimensions are in millimeters.
  • 77. DocID16455 Rev 9 77/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Table 48. LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data Symbol millimeters inches(1) 1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits. Min Typ Max Min Typ Max A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630 A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059 A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571 b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106 c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079 D 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378 D1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591 D3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 - E 15.800 16.000 16.200 0.6220 0.6299 0.6378 E1 13.800 14.000 14.200 0.5433 0.5512 0.5591 E3 - 12.000 - - 0.4724 - e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 - L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295 L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 - k 0.0° 3.5° 7.0° 0.0° 3.5° 7.0° ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031
  • 78. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 78/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 38. LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint 1. Dimensions are in millimeters.
  • 79. DocID16455 Rev 9 79/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Device marking for LQFP100 The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier location. Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below. Figure 39.LQFP100 marking example (package top view) 1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering samples to run qualification activity.
  • 80. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 80/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 6.2 LQFP64 package information Figure 40.LQFP64 – 10 x 10 mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline 1. Drawing is not in scale. Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630 A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059 A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571 b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106 c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079 D - 12.000 - - 0.4724 - D1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 - D3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 - E - 12.000 - - 0.4724 - E1 - 10.000 - - 0.3937 - E3 - 7.500 - - 0.2953 -
  • 81. DocID16455 Rev 9 81/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Figure 41.LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint 1. Dimensions are in millimeters. e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 - K 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7° L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295 L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 - ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031 1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits. Table 49. LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data (continued) Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
  • 82. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 82/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Device marking for LQFP64 The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier location. Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below. Figure 42. LQFP64 marking example (package top view) 1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering samples to run qualification activity.
  • 83. DocID16455 Rev 9 83/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 6.3 TFBGA64 package information Figure 43. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package outline 1. Drawing is not to scale. Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package mechanical data Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max A - - 1.200 - - 0.0472 A1 0.150 - - 0.0059 - - A2 - 0.200 - - 0.0079 - A4 - - 0.600 - - 0.0236 b 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.0098 0.0118 0.0138 D 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028 D1 - 3.500 - - 0.1378 - E 4.850 5.000 5.150 0.1909 0.1969 0.2028
  • 84. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 84/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Figure 44. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array, recommended footprint E1 - 3.500 - - 0.1378 - e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 - F - 0.750 - - 0.0295 - ddd - - 0.080 - - 0.0031 eee - - 0.150 - - 0.0059 fff - - 0.050 - - 0.0020 1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits. Table 51. TFBGA64 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA) Dimension Recommended values Pitch 0.5 Dpad 0.280 mm Dsm 0.370 mm typ. (depends on the soldermask registration tolerance) Stencil opening 0.280 mm Stencil thickness Between 0.100 mm and 1.125 mm Pad trace width 0.100 mm Table 50. TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package mechanical data Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
  • 85. DocID16455 Rev 9 85/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Device marking for TFBGA64 The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier location. Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below. Figure 45. TFBGA64 marking example (package top view) 1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering samples to run qualification activity.
  • 86. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 86/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 6.4 LQFP48 package information Figure 46. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package outline 1. Drawing is not to scale. Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max A - - 1.600 - - 0.0630 A1 0.050 - 0.150 0.0020 - 0.0059 A2 1.350 1.400 1.450 0.0531 0.0551 0.0571 b 0.170 0.220 0.270 0.0067 0.0087 0.0106 c 0.090 - 0.200 0.0035 - 0.0079 D 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622 D1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835 D3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 - E 8.800 9.000 9.200 0.3465 0.3543 0.3622
  • 87. DocID16455 Rev 9 87/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Figure 47. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package recommended footprint 1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters. E1 6.800 7.000 7.200 0.2677 0.2756 0.2835 E3 - 5.500 - - 0.2165 - e - 0.500 - - 0.0197 - L 0.450 0.600 0.750 0.0177 0.0236 0.0295 L1 - 1.000 - - 0.0394 - k 0° 3.5° 7° 0° 3.5° 7° ccc - - 0.080 - - 0.0031 1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits. Table 52. LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data (continued) Symbol millimeters inches(1) Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
  • 88. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 88/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 Device marking for LQFP48 The following figure gives an example of topside marking and pin 1 position identifier location. Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below. Figure 48. LQFP48 marking example (package top view) 1. Parts marked as “ES”, “E” or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter, are not yet qualified and therefore not yet ready to be used in production and any consequences deriving from such usage will not be at ST charge. In no event, ST will be liable for any customer usage of these engineering samples in production. ST Quality has to be contacted prior to any decision to use these Engineering samples to run qualification activity.
  • 89. DocID16455 Rev 9 89/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 6.5 Thermal characteristics The maximum chip junction temperature (TJmax) must never exceed the values given in Table 8: General operating conditions on page 34. The maximum chip-junction temperature, TJ max, in degrees Celsius, may be calculated using the following equation: TJ max = TA max + (PD max x ΘJA) Where: • TA max is the maximum ambient temperature in ° C, • ΘJA is the package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, in °C/W, • PD max is the sum of PINT max and PI/O max (PD max = PINT max + PI/Omax), • PINT max is the product of IDD and VDD, expressed in Watts. This is the maximum chip internal power. PI/O max represents the maximum power dissipation on output pins where: PI/O max = Σ (VOL × IOL) + Σ((VDD – VOH) × IOH), taking into account the actual VOL / IOL and VOH / IOH of the I/Os at low and high level in the application. 6.5.1 Reference document JESD51-2 Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environment Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air). Available from www.jedec.org. Table 53. Package thermal characteristics Symbol Parameter Value Unit ΘJA Thermal resistance junction-ambient LQFP 100 - 14 × 14 mm / 0.5 mm pitch 46 °C/W Thermal resistance junction-ambient LQFP 64 - 10 × 10 mm / 0.5 mm pitch 45 Thermal resistance junction-ambient TFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm / 0.5 mm pitch 65 Thermal resistance junction-ambient LQFP 48 - 7 × 7 mm / 0.5 mm pitch 55
  • 90. Package information STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 90/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 6.5.2 Selecting the product temperature range When ordering the microcontroller, the temperature range is specified in the ordering information scheme shown in Table 54: Ordering information scheme. Each temperature range suffix corresponds to a specific guaranteed ambient temperature at maximum dissipation and, to a specific maximum junction temperature. As applications do not commonly use the STM32F10xxx at maximum dissipation, it is useful to calculate the exact power consumption and junction temperature to determine which temperature range will be best suited to the application. The following examples show how to calculate the temperature range needed for a given application. Example: high-performance application Assuming the following application conditions: Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 82 °C (measured according to JESD51-2), IDDmax = 50 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V and maximum 8 I/Os used at the same time in output mode at low level with IOL = 20 mA, VOL= 1.3 V PINTmax = 50 mA × 3.5 V= 175 mW PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V + 8 × 20 mA × 1.3 V = 272 mW This gives: PINTmax = 175 mW and PIOmax = 272 mW PDmax = 175 + 272 = 447 mW Thus: PDmax = 447 mW Using the values obtained in Table 53 TJmax is calculated as follows: – For LQFP64, 45 °C/W TJmax = 82 °C + (45 °C/W × 447 mW) = 82 °C + 20.1 °C = 102.1 °C This is within the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < TJ < 105 °C). In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 6 (see Table 54: Ordering information scheme). Example 2: High-temperature application Using the same rules, it is possible to address applications that run at high ambient temperatures with a low dissipation, as long as junction temperature TJ remains within the specified range. Assuming the following application conditions: Maximum ambient temperature TAmax = 115 °C (measured according to JESD51-2), IDDmax = 20 mA, VDD = 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with IOL = 8 mA, VOL= 0.4 V PINTmax = 20 mA × 3.5 V= 70 mW PIOmax = 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V = 64 mW This gives: PINTmax = 70 mW and PIOmax = 64 mW: PDmax = 70 + 64 = 134 mW Thus: PDmax = 134 mW
  • 91. DocID16455 Rev 9 91/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Package information 95 Using the values obtained in Table 53 TJmax is calculated as follows: – For LQFP100, 46 °C/W TJmax = 115 °C + (46 °C/W × 134 mW) = 115 °C + 6.2 °C = 121.2 °C This is within the range of the suffix 7 version parts (–40 < TJ < 125 °C). In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 7 (see Table 54: Ordering information scheme). Figure 49. LQFP100 PD max vs. TA 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 65 75 85 95 105 115 125 135 TA (°C) PD(mW) Suffix 6 Suffix 7
  • 92. Ordering information scheme STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 92/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 7 Ordering information scheme For a list of available options (speed, package, etc.) or for further information on any aspect of this device, please contact your nearest ST sales office. Table 54. Ordering information scheme Example: STM32 F 100 C 6 T 6 B xxx Device family STM32 = ARM-based 32-bit microcontroller Product type F = General-purpose Device subfamily 100 = value line Pin count C = 48 pins R = 64 pins V = 100 pins Flash memory size 4 = 16 Kbytes of Flash memory 6 = 32 Kbytes of Flash memory 8 = 64 Kbytes of Flash memory B = 128 Kbytes of Flash memory Package T = LQFP H = BGA Temperature range 6 = Industrial temperature range, –40 to 85 °C 7 = Industrial temperature range, –40 to 105 °C Internal code B Options xxx = programmed parts TR = tape and real
  • 93. DocID16455 Rev 9 93/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Revision history 95 8 Revision history Table 55. Document revision history Date Revision Changes 12-Oct-2009 1 Initial release. 26-Feb-2010 2 TFBGA64 package added (see Table 50 and Table 41). Note 5 modified in Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions. IINJ(PIN) modified in Table 6: Current characteristics. Conditions removed from Table 25: Low-power mode wakeup timings. Notes modified in Table 34: I/O static characteristics. Figure 27: Recommended NRST pin protection modified. Note modified in Table 39: I2C characteristics. Figure 28: I2C bus AC waveforms and measurement circuit(1) modified. Table 46: DAC characteristics modified. Figure 36: 12-bit buffered /non-buffered DAC added. TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17 updated. HDMI-CEC electrical characteristics added. Values added to: – Table 12: Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash – Table 13: Maximum current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from RAM – Table 14: Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM – Table 15: Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes – Table 18: Peripheral current consumption – Table 29: EMS characteristics – Table 30: EMI characteristics – Table 47: TS characteristics Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics modified. Added figures: – Figure 12: Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals enabled – Figure 13: Maximum current consumption in Run mode versus frequency (at 3.6 V) - code with data processing running from RAM, peripherals disabled – Figure 15: Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Run mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V – Figure 16: Typical current consumption in Stop mode with regulator in Low-power mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V – Figure 17: Typical current consumption in Standby mode versus temperature at VDD = 3.3 V and 3.6 V
  • 94. Revision history STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 94/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 30-Mar-2010 3 Revision history corrected. Updated Table 6: Current characteristics Values and note updated in Table 16: Typical current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash and Table 17: Typical current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM. Updated Table 15: Typical and maximum current consumptions in Stop and Standby modes Added Figure 14: Typical current consumption on VBAT with RTC on vs. temperature at different VBAT values Typical consumption for ADC1 corrected in Table 18: Peripheral current consumption. Maximum current consumption and Typical current consumption: frequency conditions corrected. Output driving current corrected. Updated Table 30: EMI characteristics fADC max corrected in Table 42: ADC characteristics. Small text changes. 06-May-2010 4 Updated Table 31: ESD absolute maximum ratings on page 55 and Table 32: Electrical sensitivities on page 56 Updated Table 44: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions on page 70 and Table 45: ADC accuracy on page 70 12-Jul-2010 5 Updated Table 24: LSI oscillator characteristics on page 51 Updated Table 44: ADC accuracy - limited test conditions on page 70 and Table 45: ADC accuracy on page 70 04-Apr-2011 6 Updated Figure 2: Clock tree to add FLITF clock Updated footnotes below Table 5: Voltage characteristics on page 33 and Table 6: Current characteristics on page 34 Updated tw min in Table 19: High-speed external user clock characteristics on page 46 Updated startup time in Table 22: LSE oscillator characteristics (fLSE = 32.768 kHz) on page 49 Updated Table 23: HSI oscillator characteristics on page 50 Added Section 5.3.12: I/O current injection characteristics on page 56 Updated Table 34: I/O static characteristics on page 57 Corrected TTL and CMOS designations in Table 35: Output voltage characteristics on page 60 Removed note on remapped characteristics from Table 41: SPI characteristics on page 66 Table 55. Document revision history (continued) Date Revision Changes
  • 95. DocID16455 Rev 9 95/96 STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB Revision history 95 08-Jun-2012 7 Updated Table 6: Current characteristics on page 34 Updated Table 39: I2C characteristics on page 64 Corrected note “non-robust “ in Section 5.3.17: 12-bit ADC characteristics on page 68 Updated Section 5.3.13: I/O port characteristics on page 57 Updated Section 2.2.20: GPIOs (general-purpose inputs/outputs) on page 20 Updated Table 4: Low & medium-density STM32F100xx pin definitions on page 24 Updated Section 5.3.1: General operating conditions on page 34 Updated Table 14: Maximum current consumption in Sleep mode, code running from Flash or RAM on page 39 08-Jun-2015 8 Updated Table 18: Peripheral current consumption, Table 31: ESD absolute maximum ratings, Table 48: LQPF100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data, Table 49: LQFP64 - 64- pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data, Table 50: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package mechanical data, Table 51: TFBGA64 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA) and Table 52: LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package mechanical data. Updated Figure 37: LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package outline, Figure 38: LQFP100 - 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low- profile quad flat recommended footprint, Figure 40: LQFP64 – 10 x 10 mm 64 pin low-profile quad flat package outline, Figure 41: LQFP64 - 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat recommended footprint, Figure 43: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch thin profile fine pitch ball grid array package outline, Figure 44: TFBGA64 – 64-ball, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, thin profile fine pitch ball grid array, recommended footprint, Figure 46: LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low- profile quad flat package outline and Figure 47: LQFP48 - 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package recommended footprint. Added Figure 39: LQFP100 marking example (package top view), Figure 42: LQFP64 marking example (package top view) Figure 45: TFBGA64 marking example (package top view) and Figure 48: LQFP48 marking example (package top view). 21-Nov-2016 9 Updated: – Figure 7: Memory map – Figure 18: High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram – Figure 19: Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram – Table 19: High-speed external user clock characteristics – Table 20: Low-speed external user clock characteristics – Table 42: ADC characteristics Table 55. Document revision history (continued) Date Revision Changes
  • 96. STM32F100x4, STM32F100x6, STM32F100x8, STM32F100xB 96/96 DocID16455 Rev 9 IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order acknowledgement. Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or the design of Purchasers’ products. No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein. Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product. ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document. © 2016 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved